Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
Form  10- K
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For The Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2006
OR
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from      to     .
Commission File Number: 0-20322
Starbucks Corporation
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
     
WASHINGTON
  91-1325671
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (IRS Employer Identification No.)
2401 Utah Avenue South
Seattle, Washington 98134
(Address of principal executive offices, zip code)
 
(REGISTRANT’S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE):
(206) 447-1575
 
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT:
Common Stock, $0.001 Par Value Per Share
 
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  þ  No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o  No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  þ  No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation of S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one)
Large Accelerated Filer  þ      Accelerated Filer o      Non-Accelerated Filer  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  o  No  þ
 
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, based upon the closing sale price of the registrant’s common stock on March 31, 2006 as reported on the National Market tier of The NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. was $28.2 billion.
 
As of December 8, 2006, there were 754,857,728 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the registrant’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on March 21, 2007 have been incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


 

 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION
 
FORM 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2006
 
 
         
Table of Contents   PAGE
 
   
 
 
  Business   2
  Risk Factors   10
  Unresolved Staff Comments   14
  Properties   15
  Legal Proceedings   15
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   15
     
   
 
 
  Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   17
  Selected Financial Data   18
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   19
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   36
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   37
    Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   70
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   72
  Controls and Procedures   72
  Other Information   72
     
   
 
 
  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   73
  Executive Compensation   73
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters   73
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   73
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services   73
     
   
 
 
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   73
     
  75
 
 
     
  77
 
 
  EXHIBIT 10.4
  EXHIBIT 10.12
  EXHIBIT 21
  EXHIBIT 23
  EXHIBIT 31.1
  EXHIBIT 31.2
  EXHIBIT 32


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
Item 1. Business
 
GENERAL
 
Starbucks Corporation (together with its subsidiaries, “Starbucks” or the “Company”) was formed in 1985. Starbucks purchases and roasts high-quality whole bean coffees and sells them, along with fresh, rich-brewed coffees, Italian-style espresso beverages, cold blended beverages, a variety of complementary food items, coffee-related accessories and equipment, a selection of premium teas and a line of compact discs, primarily through Company-operated retail stores. Starbucks also sells coffee and tea products and licenses its trademark through other channels and, through certain of its equity investees, Starbucks produces and sells ready-to-drink beverages which include, among others, bottled Frappuccino ® coffee drinks and Starbucks DoubleShot ® espresso drinks, and a line of superpremium ice creams. All channels outside the Company-operated retail stores are collectively known as “Specialty Operations.” The Company’s objective is to establish Starbucks as one of the most recognized and respected brands in the world. To achieve this goal, the Company plans to continue rapid expansion of its retail operations, to grow its Specialty Operations and to selectively pursue other opportunities to leverage the Starbucks brand through the introduction of new products and the development of new channels of distribution. The Company’s brand portfolio includes superpremium Tazo ® teas, Starbucks Hear Music ® compact discs, Seattle’s Best Coffee ® and Torrefazione Italia ® coffee.
 
SEGMENT FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Beginning in the fiscal fourth quarter of 2006, the Company increased its reporting segments from two to three to include a Global Consumer Products Group (“CPG”) segment in addition to the United States and International segments. This additional operating segment reflects the culmination of internal management realignments in fiscal 2006, and the successful development and launch of certain branded products in the United States and internationally commencing in fiscal 2005 and continuing throughout fiscal 2006. Additionally, with the 100% acquisition of the Company’s operations in Hawaii in fiscal 2006 and the shift in internal management of this market to the United States, these operations have been moved from the International segment into the United States segment. Segment information for all prior periods presented has been revised to reflect these changes.
 
The United States and International segments both include Company-operated retail stores and certain components of Specialty Operations. Specialty operations within the United States include licensed retail stores, foodservice accounts and other initiatives related to the Company’s core business. International specialty operations primarily include retail store licensing operations in more than 25 countries and foodservice accounts in Canada and the United Kingdom. The CPG segment includes the Company’s grocery and warehouse club business as well as branded products operations worldwide. Information about Starbucks revenues, earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization, income from equity investees, equity method investments, identifiable assets, net impairment and disposition losses and capital expenditures by segment is included in Note 19 “Segment Reporting” to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Form 10-K” or “Report”).
 
2 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

REVENUE COMPONENTS
 
The following table shows the Company’s revenue components for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2006:
 
                 
    % of
    % of
 
    Total Net
    Specialty
 
REVENUES   Revenues     Revenues  
   
Company-operated retail
    85%          
                 
Specialty:
               
Licensing:
               
Retail stores
    7%       45%  
Grocery and warehouse club
    4%       24%  
Branded products
    <1%       2%  
                 
Total licensing
    11%       71%  
Foodservice and other:
               
Foodservice
    4%       27%  
Other initiatives
    <1%       2%  
                 
Total foodservice and other
    4%       29%  
Total specialty
    15%       100%  
                 
Total net revenues
    100%          
 
 
 
COMPANY-OPERATED RETAIL STORES
 
The Company’s retail goal is to become the leading retailer and brand of coffee in each of its target markets by selling the finest quality coffee and related products and by providing each customer a unique Starbucks Experience. The Starbucks Experience , or third place after home and work, is built upon superior customer service as well as clean and well-maintained Company-operated retail stores that reflect the personalities of the communities in which they operate, thereby building a high degree of customer loyalty. Starbucks strategy for expanding its retail business is to increase its market share primarily by opening additional stores in existing markets and to open stores in new markets where the opportunity exists to become the leading specialty coffee retailer. In support of this strategy, Starbucks opened 1,040 new Company-operated stores during the fiscal year ended October 1, 2006 (“fiscal 2006”). Starbucks Company-operated retail stores, including 11 Seattle’s Best Coffee ® (“SBC”) stores and 4 Hear Music retail stores, accounted for 85% of total net revenues during fiscal 2006.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 3


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes total Company-operated retail store data for the periods indicated:
 
                           
    Net Stores Opened
     
    During the
     
    Fiscal Year Ended     Stores Open as of
   
   
    Oct 1, 2006   Oct 2, 2005     Oct 1, 2006   Oct 2, 2005
 
 
United States  (1)
    810     580       5,728     4,918
International:
                         
United Kingdom
    47     45       514     467
Canada
    74     62       508     434
Thailand
    22     14       85     63
Australia
    25     14       83     58
Germany
    24     9       68     44
China
    14     18       38     24
Singapore
    5     (3 )     37     32
Puerto Rico  (1)
    6     5       17     11
Chile
    6     1       16     10
Ireland
    7     1       8     1
     
     
Total International
    230     166       1,374     1,144
 
 
Total Company-operated
    1,040     746       7,102     6,062
 
 
 
(1) International store data has been adjusted for the acquisitions of the Puerto Rico and Hawaii operations by reclassifying historical information from Licensed stores to Company-operated stores. United States store data was also adjusted to align with the Hawaii operations segment change by reclassifying historical information from International Company-operated stores to the United States.
 
Starbucks retail stores are typically located in high-traffic, high-visibility locations. Because the Company can vary the size and format, its stores are located in or near a variety of settings, including downtown and suburban retail centers, office buildings and university campuses. While the Company selectively locates stores in shopping malls, it focuses on locations that provide convenient access for both pedestrians and drivers. With the flexibility in store size and format, the Company also locates retail stores in select rural and off-highway locations to serve a broader array of customers outside major metropolitan markets and further expand brand awareness. To provide a greater degree of access and convenience for nonpedestrian customers, the Company has increased development of Drive-Thru retail stores. At the end of fiscal 2006, the Company operated approximately 1,600 Drive-Thru locations.
 
All Starbucks stores offer a choice of regular and decaffeinated coffee beverages, a broad selection of Italian-style espresso beverages, cold blended beverages, iced shaken refreshment beverages, a selection of teas and distinctively packaged roasted whole bean coffees. Starbucks stores also offer a selection of fresh pastries and other food items, sodas, juices, bottled water, coffee-making equipment and accessories, a selection of compact discs, games and seasonal novelty items. Each Starbucks store varies its product mix depending upon the size of the store and its location. Larger stores carry a broad selection of the Company’s whole bean coffees in various sizes and types of packaging, as well as an assortment of coffee and espresso-making equipment and accessories such as coffee grinders, coffee filters, storage containers, travel tumblers and mugs. Smaller Starbucks stores and kiosks typically sell a full line of coffee beverages, a limited selection of whole bean coffees and a few accessories such as travel tumblers and logo mugs. In the United States and in International markets, approximately 3,800 stores and 1,300 stores, respectively, carry a selection of prepared sandwiches and salads. Starbucks continues to expand its food warming program in select markets in the United States, with approximately 640 stores as of October 1, 2006 providing warm food items including breakfast sandwiches.
 
The Company’s retail sales mix by product type during fiscal 2006 was as follows: 77% beverages, 15% food, 3% whole bean coffees and 5% coffee-making equipment and other merchandise.
 
SPECIALTY OPERATIONS
 
Specialty Operations strive to develop the Company’s brands outside the Company-operated retail store environment through a number of channels. Starbucks strategy is to reach customers where they work, travel, shop and dine by
 
4 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

establishing relationships with prominent third parties that share the Company’s values and commitment to quality. These relationships take various forms, including licensing arrangements, foodservice accounts and other initiatives related to the Company’s core businesses. In certain situations, Starbucks has an equity ownership interest in licensee operations. During fiscal 2006, specialty revenues (which include royalties and fees from licensees, as well as product sales derived from Specialty Operations) accounted for 15% of total net revenues.
 
Licensing — Retail stores
 
In its licensed retail store operations, the Company leverages the expertise of its local partners and shares Starbucks operating and store development experience. Licensee partners are typically master concessionaires, which can provide improved access to desirable retail space, or prominent retailers with in-depth market knowledge and access. As part of these arrangements, Starbucks receives license fees and royalties and sells coffee, tea, compact discs and related products for resale in licensed locations. Employees working in licensed retail locations are required to follow Starbucks detailed store operating procedures and attend training classes similar to those given to employees in Company-operated stores.
 
During fiscal 2006, 733 new Starbucks licensed retail stores were opened in the United States and, as of October 1, 2006, the Company’s licensees operated 3,168 stores. During fiscal 2006, 426 new International licensed stores were opened. At October 1, 2006, the Company’s International operating segment had a total of 2,170 licensed retail stores. Product sales to and royalty and license fee revenues from U.S. and International licensed retail stores accounted for 45% of specialty revenues in fiscal 2006.
 
At fiscal year end 2006, Starbucks total licensed retail stores by region and specific location were as follows:
 
                     
Asia Pacific   Europe/Middle East/Africa   Americas
 
Japan
  650   Spain   55   United States   3,168
China
  223   Turkey   51   Canada   178
Taiwan
  175   Greece   50   Mexico   101
South Korea
  174   Saudi Arabia   46   Peru   9
Philippines
  98   United Arab Emirates   44   The Bahamas   5
Malaysia
  71   Kuwait   36        
New Zealand
  45   Switzerland   27        
Indonesia
  45   France   26        
        Austria   11        
        Lebanon   11        
        Bahrain   8        
        Qatar   8        
        Cyprus   7        
        UK   6        
        Jordan   5        
        Oman   4        
        Ireland   1        
 
 
Total
  1,481   Total   396   Total   3,461
 
 
 
Licensing — Grocery and warehouse club
 
In grocery and warehouse club stores throughout the United States, the Company sells a selection of Starbucks ® whole bean and ground coffees, as well as Seattle’s Best Coffee and Torrefazione Italia branded coffees and a selection of premium Tazo ® teas through a licensing relationship with Kraft Foods Inc. (“Kraft”). Kraft manages all distribution, marketing, advertising and promotion of these products. In International markets, Starbucks also has licensing arrangements with other grocery and warehouse club stores. By the end of fiscal 2006, the Company’s coffees and teas were available in approximately 31,900 grocery and warehouse club stores, with 30,000 in the United States and 1,900 in International markets. Revenues from this category comprised 24% of specialty revenues in fiscal 2006.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 5


Table of Contents

Licensing — Branded products
 
The Company has licensed the rights to produce and distribute Starbucks branded products to two partnerships in which the Company holds 50% equity interests. The North American Coffee Partnership with the Pepsi-Cola Company develops and distributes ready-to-drink beverages which include, among others, bottled Frappuccino ® coffee drinks and Starbucks DoubleShot ® espresso drinks. The Starbucks Ice Cream Partnership with Dreyer’s Grand Ice Cream, Inc., develops and distributes superpremium ice creams.
 
Starbucks and Jim Beam Brands Co., a unit of Fortune Brands, Inc., manufacture and market Starbucks-branded premium coffee liqueur products in the United States and Canada. The Company introduced a coffee liqueur product nationally during the fiscal second quarter of 2005, and launched a coffee and cream liqueur product in the second quarter of fiscal 2006 in restaurants, bars and retail outlets where premium distilled spirits are sold. During the fiscal fourth quarter of 2006, the Company launched Starbucks tm Coffee Liqueur and Cream Liqueur in Canada. The Company does not and will not sell the liqueur products in its Company-operated or licensed retail stores.
 
In September 2005, the Company launched Starbucks Discoveries tm , a ready-to-drink chilled cup coffee beverage in refrigerated cases of convenience stores in Japan, through a manufacturing and distribution agreement with Suntory Limited, and in Taiwan, through separate co-packing and distribution agreements with Uni-President Enterprises Corporation and the Company’s equity investee, President Starbucks Coffee Taiwan Ltd. In fiscal 2006, the Company entered the ready-to-drink coffee category in South Korea through a licensing agreement with Dong Suh Foods Corporation to import bottled Starbucks Frappuccino ® coffee drinks produced in the United States.
 
Collectively, the revenues from these branded products accounted for 2% of specialty revenues in fiscal 2006.
 
Foodservice
 
The Company sells whole bean and ground coffees, including the Starbucks, Seattle’s Best Coffee and Torrefazione Italia brands, as well as a selection of premium Tazo ® teas, to institutional foodservice companies that service business, industry, education and healthcare accounts, office coffee distributors, hotels, restaurants, airlines and other retailers. The majority of the Company’s direct distribution accounts are with SYSCO Corporation’s and U.S. Foodservice’s tm national broadline distribution networks and Starbucks foodservice sales, customer service and support resources are aligned with those of SYSCO Corporation and U.S. Foodservice. Starbucks and Seattle’s Best Coffee are the only superpremium national-brand coffees actively promoted by SYSCO Corporation. The Company’s total worldwide foodservice operations had approximately 16,200 accounts at fiscal year end 2006, and revenues from these accounts comprised 27% of total specialty revenues.
 
Other Initiatives
 
Included in this category is the Company’s emerging entertainment business, which encompasses multiple music and technology based initiatives designed to appeal to new and existing Starbucks customers. Among these initiatives are strategic marketing and co-branding arrangements, such as the 24-hour Starbucks Hear Music tm digital music channel 75 available to all XM Satellite Radio subscribers, and the availability of wireless broadband Internet service in Company-operated retail stores located in the United States and Canada. Additionally, the entertainment business includes the innovative partnerships of Starbucks Hear Music with other music labels for the production, marketing and distribution of both exclusive and nonexclusive music, music programming for Starbucks stores worldwide, and CD sales through the Company’s website at Starbucks.com/hearmusic. In the first quarter of fiscal 2007, Starbucks and Apple ® announced the availability of the Starbucks Hear Music catalog on the iTunes ® Store, giving iTunes users the ability to preview, buy and download a wide variety of popular Starbucks Hear Music ® titles.
 
The Company has a strategic agreement with Chase Bank USA, N.A. and Visa to issue the Starbucks Card Duetto tm Visa ® (the “Duetto Card”) in the United States, and a similar arrangement with Royal Bank of Canada and Visa Canada Association to issue the Duetto Card in Canada. The Duetto Card is a first-of-its-kind card, combining the functionality
 
6 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

of a credit card with the convenience of a reloadable Starbucks Card. Through these arrangements, Starbucks primarily receives commissions for each activated customer account and payments based on credit card usage.
 
Collectively, the operations of these other initiatives accounted for 2% of specialty revenues in fiscal 2006.
 
PRODUCT SUPPLY
 
Starbucks is committed to selling only the finest whole bean coffees and coffee beverages. To ensure compliance with its rigorous coffee standards, Starbucks controls its coffee purchasing, roasting and packaging, and the distribution of coffee used in its operations.
 
The Company purchases green coffee beans from coffee-producing regions around the world and custom roasts them to its exacting standards for its many blends and single origin coffees.
 
The supply and price of coffee are subject to significant volatility. Although most coffee trades in the commodity market, coffee of the quality sought by the Company tends to trade on a negotiated basis at a substantial premium above commodity coffee prices, depending upon the supply and demand at the time of purchase. Supply and price can be affected by multiple factors in the producing countries, including weather, political and economic conditions. In addition, green coffee prices have been affected in the past, and may be affected in the future, by the actions of certain organizations and associations that have historically attempted to influence prices of green coffee through agreements establishing export quotas or by restricting coffee supplies.
 
The Company depends upon its relationships with coffee producers, outside trading companies and exporters for its supply of green coffee. With green coffee commodity prices at relatively low levels in recent years, the Company has used fixed-price purchase commitments in order to secure an adequate supply of quality green coffee, bring greater certainty to the cost of sales in future periods, and promote sustainability by paying a fair price to coffee producers. As of October 1, 2006, the Company had $546 million in fixed-price purchase commitments which, together with existing inventory, is expected to provide an adequate supply of green coffee through fiscal 2007. The Company believes, based on relationships established with its suppliers, the risk of non-delivery on such purchase commitments is remote. During the first few months of fiscal 2006, green coffee commodity prices increased moderately. Since then, commodity prices have stabilized but still remain above the historically low levels experienced in recent years. Based on its market experience, the Company believes that fixed-price purchase commitments are less likely to be available on favorable terms when commodity prices are high. If prices were to move higher during fiscal 2007, Starbucks would likely return to its previous practice of entering into price-to-be-fixed purchase contracts to meet a large part of its demand. These types of contracts state the quality, quantity and delivery periods but allow the price of green coffee over a market index to be established after contract signing. The Company believes that, through a combination of fixed-price and price-to-be-fixed contracts it will be able to secure an adequate supply of quality green coffee. However, an increased use of price-to-be-fixed contracts instead of fixed-price contracts would decrease the predictability of coffee costs in future periods.
 
During fiscal 2004, Starbucks established the Starbucks Coffee Agronomy Company S.R.L., a wholly owned subsidiary located in Costa Rica, to reinforce the Company’s leadership role in the coffee industry and to help ensure sustainability and future supply of high-quality green coffees from Central America. Staffed with agronomists and sustainability experts, this first-of-its-kind Farmer Support Center is designed to proactively respond to changes in coffee producing countries that impact farmers and the supply of green coffee.
 
In addition to coffee, the Company also purchases significant amounts of dairy products to support the needs of its Company-operated retail stores. Dairy prices in the United States, which closely follow the monthly Class I fluid milk base price as calculated by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, rose in both fiscal 2004 and 2005, then declined in 2006. Should prices rise significantly in the future, Starbucks profitability could be adversely affected. In the United States, the Company purchases substantially all of its fluid milk requirements from two dairy suppliers. The Company believes, based on relationships established with these suppliers, that the risk of non-delivery of enough fluid milk to support its U.S. retail business is remote.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 7


Table of Contents

The Company also purchases a broad range of paper and plastic products, such as cups, lids, napkins, straws, shopping bags and corrugated paper boxes from several companies to support the needs of its retail stores as well as its manufacturing and distribution operations. The cost of these materials is dependent in part upon commodity paper and plastic resin costs, but the Company believes it mitigates the effect of short-term raw material price fluctuations through strategic relationships with key suppliers. In the United States, the Company is contractually required to purchase all of its cups, lids, straws and cutlery from a single supplier. Any material interruption in the supply of these products to the Company, if not offset by sufficient purchases from other suppliers, could materially adversely affect the Company’s supply chain and its ability to serve its U.S. retail customers. The Company believes, based on its relationship with this supplier, that the risk of non-delivery of enough of these products to support its U.S. retail business is remote.
 
Products other than whole bean coffees and coffee beverages sold in Starbucks retail stores are obtained through a number of different channels. Beverage ingredients, other than coffee and milk, including leaf teas and the Company’s menu of ready-to-drink beverages, are purchased from several specialty manufacturers, usually under long-term supply contracts. Food products, such as fresh pastries and lunch items, are generally purchased from both regional and local sources. Coffee-making equipment, such as drip and French press coffeemakers, espresso machines and coffee grinders, are generally purchased directly from their manufacturers. Coffee-related accessories, including items bearing the Company’s logos and trademarks, are produced and distributed through contracts with a number of different suppliers.
 
COMPETITION
 
The Company’s primary competitors for coffee beverage sales are restaurants, specialty coffee shops and doughnut shops. In almost all markets in which the Company does business, there are numerous competitors in the specialty coffee beverage business, and management expects this situation to continue. Although competition in the beverage market is currently fragmented, competition is increasing, particularly from competitors in the quick-service restaurant sector who are focusing on growing the specialty coffee part of their business. A major competitor with substantially greater financial, marketing and operating resources than the Company could enter this market at any time and compete directly against Starbucks.
 
The Company’s whole bean coffees compete directly against specialty coffees sold through supermarkets, specialty retailers and a growing number of specialty coffee stores. Both the Company’s whole bean coffees and its coffee beverages compete indirectly against all other coffees on the market. The Company believes that its customers choose among retailers primarily on the basis of product quality, service and convenience, and, to a lesser extent, on price.
 
Starbucks believes that supermarkets are the most competitive distribution channel for specialty whole bean coffee, in part because supermarkets offer customers a variety of choices without having to make a separate trip to a specialty coffee store. A number of coffee manufacturers are distributing premium coffee products in supermarkets. Regional specialty coffee companies also sell whole bean coffees in supermarkets.
 
In addition to the competition generated by supermarket sales of coffee, Starbucks competes for whole bean coffee sales with franchise operators and independent specialty coffee stores. In virtually every major metropolitan area where Starbucks operates and expects to expand, there are local or regional competitors with substantial market presence in the specialty coffee business. Starbucks Specialty Operations also face significant competition from established wholesale and mail order suppliers, some of whom have greater financial and marketing resources than the Company.
 
Starbucks faces intense competition from both restaurants and other specialty retailers for suitable sites for new stores and qualified personnel to operate both new and existing stores. There can be no assurance that Starbucks will be able to continue to secure adequate sites at acceptable rent levels or that the Company will be able to attract a sufficient number of qualified personnel.
 
PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, COPYRIGHTS AND DOMAIN NAMES
 
The Company owns and/or has applied to register numerous trademarks and service marks in the United States and in nearly 180 additional countries throughout the world. Rights to the trademarks and service marks in the United
 
8 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

States are generally held by a wholly owned affiliate of the Company and are used by the Company under license. Some of the Company’s trademarks, including Starbucks ® , the Starbucks logo, Frappuccino ® , Seattle’s Best Coffee ® and Tazo ® are of material importance to the Company. The duration of trademark registrations varies from country to country. However, trademarks are generally valid and may be renewed indefinitely as long as they are in use and/or their registrations are properly maintained.
 
The Company owns numerous copyrights for items such as product packaging, promotional materials, in-store graphics and training materials. The Company also holds patents on certain products, systems and designs. In addition, the Company has registered and maintains numerous Internet domain names, including “Starbucks.com” and “Starbucks.net.”
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
Starbucks research and development efforts are led by food scientists, engineers, chemists and culinarians in the Research and Development department. This team is responsible for the technical development of food and beverage products and new equipment. The Company spent approximately $6.5 million, $6.2 million and $4.7 million during fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, on technical research and development activities, in addition to customary product testing and product and process improvements in all areas of its business.
 
SEASONALITY AND QUARTERLY RESULTS
 
Starbucks business is subject to seasonal fluctuations. Significant portions of the Company’s net revenues and profits are realized during the first quarter of the fiscal year, which includes the holiday season. In addition, quarterly results are affected by the timing of the opening of new stores, and the Company’s rapid growth may conceal the impact of other seasonal influences. Because of the seasonality of the business, results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for the full fiscal year.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
As of October 1, 2006, the Company employed approximately 145,800 people worldwide. In the United States, Starbucks employed approximately 123,600 people, with 116,100 in Company-operated retail stores and the remainder in the Company’s administrative and regional offices, and store development, roasting and warehousing operations. Approximately 22,200 employees were employed in International, with 21,200 in Company-operated retail stores and the remainder in the Company’s regional support facilities and roasting and warehousing operations. At fiscal year end, employees at nine of the Company’s Canadian stores were represented by a union. Starbucks believes its current relations with its employees are good.
 
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
Starbucks Form 10-K reports, along with all other reports and amendments filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), are publicly available free of charge on the Investor Relations section of Starbucks website at http://investor.starbucks.com or at www.sec.gov as soon as reasonably practicable after these materials are filed with or furnished to the SEC. The Company’s corporate governance policies, ethics code and Board of Directors’ committee charters are also posted within this section of the website. The information on the Company’s website is not part of this or any other report Starbucks files with, or furnishes to, the SEC.
 
Starbucks demonstrates its commitment to corporate social responsibility (“CSR”) by conducting its business in ways that produce social, environmental and economic benefits to the communities in which Starbucks operates. The Company aligns its principles for social responsibility with its overall strategy and business operations. As a result, Starbucks believes it delivers benefits to the Company and its stakeholders — partners, customers, suppliers, shareholders, community members and others — while distinguishing Starbucks as a leader within the coffee industry. Providing open communication and transparency helps the Company be accountable to its stakeholders. To support this goal, Starbucks publishes a CSR Annual Report. Starbucks fiscal 2006 CSR Annual Report will be available online at
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 9


Table of Contents

www.starbucks.com/csr beginning March 14, 2007. To request a printed copy of the report, which will be available in late March 2007, please call 1-800-23-LATTE (1-800-235-2883) or email your request to info@starbucks.com.
 
Item 1A. Risk Factors
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements generally are identified by words such as “believe”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “estimate”, “intend”, “strategy”, “may”, “will likely” and similar words or phrases. A forward-looking statement is neither a prediction nor a guarantee of future events or circumstances, and those future events or circumstances may not occur. Investors should not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this Report. Starbucks is under no obligation to update or alter any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. These forward-looking statements are all based on currently available operating, financial and competitive information and are subject to various risks and uncertainties. The Company’s actual future results and trends may differ materially depending on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties discussed below. The risks below are not the only ones the Company faces. Additional risks and risks that management currently considers immaterial may also have an adverse effect on the Company.
 
• A regional or global health pandemic could severely affect Starbucks business.
 
A health pandemic is a disease that spreads rapidly and widely by infection and affects many individuals in an area or population at the same time. If a regional or global health pandemic were to occur, depending upon its duration and severity, the Company’s business could be severely affected. Starbucks has positioned itself as a “third place” between home and work where people can gather together for human connection. Customers might avoid public gathering places in the event of a health pandemic, and local, regional or national governments might limit or ban public gatherings to halt or delay the spread of disease. A regional or global health pandemic might also adversely impact the Company’s business by disrupting or delaying production and delivery of materials and products in its supply chain and by causing staffing shortages in its stores. The impact of a health pandemic on Starbucks might be disproportionately greater than on other companies that depend less on the gathering of people together for the sale, use or license of their products and services.
 
• Market expectations for Starbucks financial performance are high.
 
Management believes the price of Starbucks stock reflects high market expectations for its future operating results. In particular, any failure to meet the market’s high expectations for Starbucks comparable store sales growth rates, earnings per share and new store openings could cause the market price of Starbucks stock to drop rapidly and sharply.
 
•  Starbucks is subject to a number of significant risks that might cause the Company’s actual results to vary materially from its forecasts, targets, or projections, including:
 
  •  declines in actual or estimated comparable store sales growth rates and expectations;
 
  •  failing to meet annual targets for store openings, as a result of delays in store openings or failing to identify and secure sufficient real estate locations;
 
  •  negative trends in operating expenses or failing to continue to increase net revenues and operating income in any or all of Starbucks United States, International and CPG operating segments;
 
  •  failing to penetrate and expand into emerging International markets, such as China;
 
  •  opening less productive stores and cannibalizing existing stores with new stores;
 
  •  higher costs associated with maintaining and refurbishing the Company’s existing base of Company-operated retail stores;
 
10 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

 
  •  failing to anticipate, appropriately invest in and effectively manage the human, information technology and logistical resources necessary to support the growth of its business, including managing the costs associated with such resources;
 
  •  failing to integrate, leverage and generate expected rates of return on investments, including expansion of existing businesses and expansion through domestic and foreign acquisitions;
 
  •  failing to generate sufficient future positive operating cash flows and, if necessary, secure adequate external financing to fund its growth;
 
  •  declines in general consumer demand for specialty coffee products;
 
  •  failing to meet customer demand efficiently during peak periods;
 
  •  lack of customer acceptance of new products;
 
  •  lack of customer acceptance of Starbucks products in new markets;
 
  •  failing to consistently provide high quality products and innovate new products and business processes to retain the Company’s existing customer base and attract new customers;
 
  •  increases in the price of high quality arabica coffee, dairy products, fuel, energy or other consumables, and the Company’s inability to obtain a sufficient supply of such commodities and consumables as its business grows;
 
  •  failing to manage the impact of any adverse publicity regarding the Company’s business practices or the health effects of consuming its products;
 
  •  increased labor costs, including significant increases in health care benefits and worker’s compensation insurance costs;
 
  •  litigation against Starbucks, particularly any class action litigation;
 
  •  unfavorable general economic conditions in the markets in which Starbucks operates, including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, unemployment rates, disposable income and other events or factors that adversely affect consumer spending;
 
  •  unanticipated changes in executive management;
 
  •  any material interruption in the Company’s supply chain, such as material interruption of roasted coffee supply due to the casualty loss of any of the Company’s roasting plants, or material interruption in the supply of fluid milk or paper and plastic products such as cups, lids, napkins, straws, shopping bags and corrugated paper boxes, in each case due to the inability of one or more key suppliers to fulfill the Company’s requirements;
 
  •  the impact of initiatives by competitors and increased competition generally;
 
  •  failing to manage the impact on Starbucks business of factors such as labor discord, war, terrorism, political instability in certain markets and natural disasters; and
 
  •  interruptions in service by common carriers that ship goods within the Company’s distribution channels.
 
• The Company’s success depends substantially on the value of the Starbucks brand.
 
Starbucks believes it has built an excellent reputation globally for the quality of its products, for delivery of a consistently positive consumer experience and for its corporate social responsibility programs. The Starbucks brand has been highly rated in several global brand value studies. Management believes it must preserve and grow the value of the Starbucks brand to be successful in the future, particularly outside of North America, where the Starbucks brand is less well known. Brand value is based in part on consumer perceptions as to a variety of subjective qualities, and can be damaged badly even by isolated business incidents that degrade consumer trust, particularly if the incidents receive considerable publicity or result in litigation. Consumer demand for the Company’s products and its brand equity could diminish significantly if
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 11


Table of Contents

Starbucks fails to preserve the quality of its products, is perceived to act in an unethical or socially irresponsible manner or fails to deliver a consistently positive consumer experience in each of its markets.
 
• Starbucks is highly dependent on the financial performance of its United States operating segment.
 
The Company’s financial performance is highly dependent on its United States operating segment, which comprised 79% of consolidated total net revenues in fiscal 2006. Any substantial or sustained decline in these operations, if not offset by increased financial performance elsewhere, could materially adversely affect the Company’s business and financial results.
 
• Starbucks is increasingly dependent on the success of its International operating segment in order to achieve its growth targets.
 
The Company’s future growth depends increasingly on the growth and operations of its International operating segment. Some or all of the Company’s International market business units (“MBUs”), which Starbucks generally defines by the countries or regions in which they operate, may not be successful in their operations or in achieving expected growth. Starbucks may find business partners who do not share its cultural, marketing or operating philosophies or who are unable to operate the MBU profitably. Some factors that will be critical to the success of International MBUs are different than those affecting the Company’s U.S. stores and licensees. Tastes naturally vary by region, and consumers in new international markets into which Starbucks and its licensees expand may not embrace Starbucks products to the same extent as consumers in the Company’s existing markets. Occupancy costs and store operating expenses are also sometimes higher internationally than in the United States due to higher rents for prime store locations or costs of compliance with country-specific regulatory requirements. Because many of the Company’s International operations are in an early phase of development, operating expenses as a percentage of related revenues are often higher, compared to U.S. operations. The Company’s International operations are also subject to additional inherent risks of conducting business abroad, such as:
 
  •  foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;
 
  •  changes or uncertainties in economic, social and political conditions in the Company’s markets;
 
  •  interpretation and application of laws and regulations;
 
  •  restrictive actions of foreign or United States governmental authorities affecting trade and foreign investment, including protective measures such as export and customs duties and tariffs and restrictions on the level of foreign ownership;
 
  •  import or other business licensing requirements;
 
  •  the enforceability of intellectual property and contract rights;
 
  •  limitations on the repatriation of funds and foreign currency exchange restrictions;
 
  •  lower levels of consumer spending on a per capita basis than in the United States;
 
  •  difficulty in staffing, developing and managing foreign operations due to distance, language and cultural differences; and
 
  •  local laws that make it more expensive and complex to negotiate with, retain or terminate employees.
 
•  The China market is important to the Company’s long-term growth prospects — doing business there and in other developing countries can be challenging.
 
Starbucks expects the People’s Republic of China to be its largest market outside of the United States. Any significant or prolonged deterioration in U.S.-China relations might adversely affect the Company’s China business. The Company’s growing investments in its China operations will increase the Company’s exposure in this market.
 
12 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

Many of the risks and uncertainties of doing business in China are solely within the control of the Chinese government. China’s government regulates the business conducted by Starbucks through its subsidiaries, joint ventures and authorized licensees by restricting the scope of the Company’s foreign investments within China and the food and beverage, retail, wholesale and distribution business conducted within China. Although management believes it has structured the Company’s China operations to comply with local laws, there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of laws and regulations and the enforceability of intellectual property and contract rights in China. If China’s governmental authorities were ultimately to conclude that Starbucks has not complied with one or more existing or future laws or regulations, or if their interpretations of those laws or regulations were to change over time, the Company’s affiliates could be subject to fines and other financial penalties or forced to cease operations entirely. Moreover, it could adversely affect the Company’s business if it is unable to enforce its intellectual property and contract rights in China’s courts.
 
Additionally, Starbucks plans to enter selected markets in other developing countries (such as Russia and India) as an important part of the projected growth of the International operating segment. Some of those markets pose legal and business challenges similar to the China market, such as substantial uncertainty regarding the interpretation and application of laws and regulations and the enforceability of intellectual property and contract rights.
 
• Effectively managing the Company’s rapid growth is challenging.
 
The Company’s long-term goal is to open approximately 20,000 Starbucks stores in the United States and at least 20,000 stores in International markets. Starbucks expects annual total net revenue growth of approximately 20% and annual earnings per share growth of approximately 20-25% for the next three to five year period. Effectively managing growth on this scale is challenging, particularly as Starbucks expands into new markets internationally, and it becomes increasingly difficult to ensure a consistent supply of high quality raw materials, to hire sufficient numbers of key employees to meet the Company’s growth targets, to maintain an effective system of internal controls for a globally dispersed enterprise and to train employees worldwide to deliver a consistently high quality product and customer experience. Achieving the Company’s growth targets is also dependent on its ability to open more new stores in the current year as well as future years than it opened in prior years.
 
•  The loss of key personnel or difficulties recruiting and retaining qualified personnel could jeopardize the Company’s ability to meet its growth targets.
 
The success of the Company’s efforts to grow its business depends on the contributions and abilities of key executive and operating officers and other personnel. Starbucks must continue to recruit, retain and motivate management and operating personnel sufficient to maintain its current business and support its projected growth. A shortage or loss of these key employees might jeopardize the Company’s ability to meet its growth targets.
 
• Starbucks faces intense competition in the specialty coffee market.
 
There are numerous competitors in almost every market in which Starbucks operates and in which it expects to expand in both the specialty coffee beverage business and the specialty whole bean coffee business. This is especially true in the major metropolitan areas where Starbucks operates and expects to expand, in virtually all of which there are local or regional competitors with substantial collective market presence. Although competition in the specialty coffee beverage market is currently fragmented, competition is increasing, particularly from competitors in the quick-service restaurant sector who are focusing on growing the specialty coffee beverage part of their businesses. A major competitor with substantially greater financial, marketing and operating resources than Starbucks could enter this market at any time and compete directly against Starbucks. The Company’s whole bean coffees compete directly against specialty coffees sold through supermarkets, specialty retailers and a growing number of specialty coffee stores. Some of the Company’s competitors in these whole bean specialty coffee distribution channels have greater financial and marketing resources than Starbucks. Both the Company’s whole bean coffees and its coffee beverages compete indirectly against all other coffees on the market. Starbucks also faces well-established competitors in many international markets. If Starbucks fails to maintain
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 13


Table of Contents

and build market share in the specialty coffee market and the coffee market generally, it could harm the Company’s business and financial results.
 
• Adverse public or medical opinions about the health effects of consuming the Company’s products could harm its business.
 
Some of the Company’s products contain caffeine, dairy products, sugar and other active compounds, the health effects of which are the subject of increasing public scrutiny, including the suggestion that excessive consumption of caffeine, dairy products, sugar and other active compounds can lead to a variety of adverse health effects. There has also been greater public awareness that sedentary lifestyles, combined with excessive consumption of high-calorie foods, have led to a rapidly rising rate of obesity. Particularly in the United States, there is increasing consumer awareness of health risks, including obesity, due in part to increasing publicity and attention from health organizations, as well as increased consumer litigation based on alleged adverse health impacts of consumption of various food products. While Starbucks has a variety of beverage and food items that are low in caffeine and calories, an unfavorable report on the health effects of caffeine or other compounds present in the Company’s products, or negative publicity or litigation arising from other health risks such as obesity, could significantly reduce the demand for the Company’s beverages and food products.
 
•  Significant increases in the market price or decreases in availability of high quality arabica coffee could harm the Company’s business and financial results.
 
The supply and price of coffee are subject to significant volatility. Although most coffee trades in the commodity market, high-altitude arabica coffee of the quality sought by Starbucks tends to trade on a negotiated basis at a substantial premium above commodity coffee prices, depending on the supply and demand at the time of purchase. Supply and price can be affected by multiple factors in the producing countries, including weather, political and economic conditions. In addition, green coffee prices have been affected in the past, and may be affected in the future, by the actions of certain organizations and associations that have historically attempted to influence prices of green coffee through agreements establishing export quotas or restricting coffee supplies. Any significant increase in the market price or any significant decrease in the availability of high quality arabica coffee could adversely affect the Company’s business and financial results. Starbucks also purchases large quantities of dairy products — particularly milk. Any significant increase in the market price or decrease in availability of dairy products could harm the Company’s business and financial results.
 
• Failure of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting could harm its business and financial results.
 
The management of Starbucks is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Internal control over financial reporting includes maintaining records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the Company’s transactions; providing reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary for preparation of the financial statements; providing reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are made in accordance with management authorization; and providing reasonable assurance that unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements would be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting is not intended to provide absolute assurance that a misstatement of the Company’s financial statements would be prevented or detected. The Company’s rapid growth and entry into new, globally dispersed markets will place significant additional pressure on the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting could limit the Company’s ability to report its financial results accurately and timely or to detect and prevent fraud.
 
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
 
Not applicable.
 
14 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

 
Item 2. Properties
 
The following table shows properties used by Starbucks in connection with its roasting and distribution operations:
 
                 
    Approximate Size
    Owned or
   
Location   in Square Feet     Leased   Purpose
 
 
Kent, WA
    332,000     Owned   Roasting and distribution
Kent, WA
    402,000     Leased   Warehouse
Renton, WA
    125,000     Leased   Warehouse
York County, PA
    365,000     Owned   Roasting and distribution
York County, PA
    297,000     Owned   Warehouse
York County, PA
    42,000     Leased   Warehouse
Carson Valley, NV
    360,000     Owned   Roasting and distribution
Portland, OR
    80,000     Leased   Warehouse
Basildon, United Kingdom
    141,000     Leased   Warehouse and distribution
Amsterdam, Netherlands
    94,000     Leased   Roasting and distribution
 
 
 
The Company leases approximately 1,000,000 square feet of office space and owns a 200,000 square foot office building in Seattle, Washington for corporate administrative purposes.
 
As of October 1, 2006, Starbucks had more than 7,100 Company-operated retail stores, of which nearly all are located in leased premises. The Company also leases space in approximately 120 additional locations for regional, district and other administrative offices, training facilities and storage, not including certain seasonal retail storage locations.
 
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
 
See discussion of Legal Proceedings in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report.
 
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
 
No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fiscal fourth quarter of 2006.
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
The executive officers of the Company are as follows:
 
             
Name   Age   Position
 
 
Howard Schultz
  53   chairman of the Board of Directors
James L. Donald
  52   president, chief executive officer and director
James C. Alling
  45   president, Starbucks Coffee U.S. 
Martin Coles
  51   president, Starbucks Coffee International
Gerardo I. Lopez
  47   senior vice president; president, Global Consumer Products
Michael Casey
  61   executive vice president, chief financial officer and chief administrative officer
Paula E. Boggs
  47   executive vice president, general counsel and secretary
Dorothy J. Kim
  44   executive vice president, Supply Chain Operations
David A. Pace
  47   executive vice president, Partner Resources
 
 
 
Howard Schultz is the founder of the Company and the chairman of the board. From the Company’s inception in 1985 to June 2000, he served as chairman of the board and chief executive officer. From June 2000 to February 2005, Mr. Schultz also held the title of chief global strategist. From 1985 to June 1994, Mr. Schultz was the Company’s president. From January 1986 to July 1987, Mr. Schultz was the chairman of the board, chief executive officer and president of Il Giornale Coffee Company, a predecessor to the Company. From September 1982 to December 1985, Mr. Schultz was the director
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 15


Table of Contents

of retail operations and marketing for Starbucks Coffee Company, a predecessor to the Company. Mr. Schultz also serves on the board of directors of DreamWorks Animation SKG, Inc.
 
James L. Donald joined Starbucks in October 2002 and has been president and chief executive officer and a director of the Company since April 2005. From October 2004 to April 2005, Mr. Donald served as ceo designate. Prior to that, Mr. Donald served as president, North America from the time he joined the Company in October 2002. From October 1996 to October 2002, Mr. Donald served as chairman, president and ceo of Pathmark Stores, Inc. and prior to that time he held a variety of senior management positions with Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway, Inc., and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
 
James C. Alling joined Starbucks in September 1997 as senior vice president, Grocery and was promoted to president, Starbucks Coffee U.S. in October 2004. Mr. Alling held a number of positions as senior vice president from September 1997 until November 2003, when he was promoted to executive vice president, Business and Operations — United States. Prior to joining Starbucks, Mr. Alling held several senior positions at Nestlé from 1985 to 1997 and served as vice president and general manager of several divisions, including ground coffee.
 
Martin Coles joined Starbucks in April 2004 as president, Starbucks Coffee International. Prior to joining Starbucks, Mr. Coles served as an executive vice president of Reebok International, Ltd. from December 2001 to February 2004, including as president and chief executive officer of the Reebok ® brand from June 2002 to February 2004 and executive vice president of Global Operating Units from December 2001 to May 2002. From February 2001 to December 2001, Mr. Coles was senior vice president, International Operations for Gateway, Inc. From February 2000 to January 2001, Mr. Coles was president and chief executive officer of Letsbuyit.com. From September 1992 to February 2000, Mr. Coles held several executive level general management, sales and operations positions for NIKE Inc.’s Global and European operations.
 
Gerardo I. Lopez joined Starbucks in October 2004 as senior vice president; president, Global Consumer Products. Prior to joining Starbucks, Mr. Lopez was an executive with the Handleman Entertainment Resources division of Handleman Company, serving as president from November 2001 to September 2004 and as senior vice president and general manager from May 2000 to November 2001. From April 1997 to May 2000, Mr. Lopez was an executive with International Home Foods, Inc. serving as president of its International division from April 1999 to May 2000 and as senior vice president and general manager of its SouthWest Brands division from April 1997 to April 1999. Previously, Mr. Lopez held positions of increasing responsibility with Frito-Lay, Inc., Pepsi-Cola Company and The Procter & Gamble Company. Mr. Lopez serves on the board of directors of TXU Corp.
 
Michael Casey joined Starbucks in August 1995 as senior vice president and chief financial officer and was promoted to executive vice president, chief financial officer and chief administrative officer in September 1997. Prior to joining Starbucks, Mr. Casey served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Family Restaurants, Inc. from its inception in 1986. During his tenure there, he also served as a director from 1986 to 1993, and as president and chief executive officer of its El Torito Restaurants, Inc. subsidiary from 1988 to 1993. Mr. Casey serves on the board of directors of The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.
 
Paula E. Boggs joined Starbucks in September 2002 as executive vice president, general counsel and secretary. Prior to joining Starbucks, Ms. Boggs served as vice president, legal, for products, operations and information technology at Dell Computer Corporation from 1997 to 2002. From 1995 to 1997, Ms. Boggs was a partner with the law firm of Preston Gates & Ellis. Ms. Boggs served in several roles at the Pentagon, White House and U.S. Department of Justice between 1984 and 1995.
 
Dorothy J. Kim joined Starbucks in November 1995 and was promoted to executive vice president, Supply Chain Operations in December 2004. From April 2003 to December 2004, Ms. Kim was senior vice president, Global Logistics, Planning and Procurement. From April 2002 to April 2003, Ms. Kim was vice president, Supply Chain and Coffee Operations, Logistics, and from October 2000 to April 2002, Ms. Kim was vice president, Supply Chain and Coffee Operations, Finance and Systems. Prior to becoming a vice president, Ms. Kim held several positions in retail planning and operations.
 
16 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

David A. Pace joined Starbucks in July 2002 as executive vice president of Partner Resources. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Pace was the president of i2 Technologies. From 1999 to 2000 Mr. Pace served as the chief human resources officer for HomeGrocer.com. From 1995 to 1999, he served as senior vice president of human resources for Tricon Restaurants International (now YUM! Brands, Inc.).
 
There are no family relationships between any directors or executive officers of the Company.
 
PART II
 
Item 5.  Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
 
MARKET INFORMATION AND DIVIDEND POLICY
 
The Company’s common stock is traded on the Global Select Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. (“NASDAQ”), under the symbol “SBUX.” The following table shows the quarterly high and low closing sale prices per share of the Company’s common stock as reported by NASDAQ for each quarter during the last two fiscal years:
 
                 
    High     Low  
 
 
October 1, 2006:
               
Fourth Quarter
  $ 38.02     $ 29.55  
Third Quarter
    39.63       34.93  
Second Quarter
    37.63       30.24  
First Quarter
    31.96       24.91  
October 2, 2005:
               
Fourth Quarter
  $ 26.35     $ 23.08  
Third Quarter
    28.13       22.78  
Second Quarter
    30.80       24.79  
First Quarter
    31.94       23.53  
 
 
 
As of December 8, 2006, the Company had approximately 16,653 shareholders of record. Starbucks has never paid any dividends on its common stock. The Company presently intends to retain earnings for use in its business and to repurchase shares of common stock and, therefore, does not anticipate paying a cash dividend in the near future.
 
The following table provides information regarding repurchases by the Company of its common stock during the 13-week period ended October 1, 2006:
 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
                                 
                Total Number
    Maximum
 
                of Shares
    Number of
 
                Purchased as
    Shares that May
 
    Total
    Average
    Part of Publicly
    Yet Be
 
    Number of
    Price
    Announced
    Purchased
 
    Shares
    Paid per
    Plans or
    Under the Plans
 
Period  (1)   Purchased     Share     Programs  (2)     or Programs  (2)  
 
 
 
July 3, 2006 – July 30, 2006
    6,601,624     $ 34.54       6,601,624       29,440,530  
July 31, 2006 – August 27, 2006
    7,262,404       30.87       7,262,404       22,178,126  
August 28, 2006 – October 1, 2006
    690,000       31.48       690,000       21,488,126  
                                 
Total
    14,554,028       32.57       14,554,028          
 
 
 
(1)  Monthly information is presented by reference to the Company’s fiscal months during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006.
 
(2)  The Company’s share repurchase program is conducted under authorizations made from time to time by the Company’s Board of Directors. The shares reported in the table are covered by Board authorizations to repurchase shares of common stock, as follows: 20 million shares publicly announced on May 5, 2005, 10 million shares publicly announced on September 22, 2005 and 25 million shares publicly announced August 2, 2006. Shares remaining for repurchase relate to the August 2, 2006 authorization, which has no expiration date.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 17


Table of Contents

 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
In thousands, except earnings per share and store operating data
 
The following selected financial data are derived from the consolidated financial statements of the Company. The data below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Risk Factors,” and the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes. In particular, see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for a description of accounting changes that materially affect the comparability of the data presented below.
 
                                         
    Oct 1, 2006
    Oct 2, 2005
    Oct 3, 2004
    Sept 28, 2003
    Sept 29, 2002
 
AS OF AND FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED  (1)   (52 Wks)     (52 Wks)     (53 Wks)     (52 Wks)     (52 Wks)  
   
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
                                       
Net revenues:
                                       
Company-operated retail
  $ 6,583,098     $ 5,391,927     $ 4,457,378     $ 3,449,624     $ 2,792,904  
Specialty:
                                       
Licensing
    860,676       673,015       565,798       409,551       311,932  
Foodservice and other
    343,168       304,358       271,071       216,347       184,072  
                                         
Total specialty
    1,203,844       977,373       836,869       625,898       496,004  
                                         
Total net revenues
    7,786,942       6,369,300       5,294,247       4,075,522       3,288,908  
                                         
                     
Operating income
    893,952       780,518       606,494       420,672       313,301  
Gain on sale of investment  (2)
                            13,361  
Earnings before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    581,473       494,370       388,880       265,177       210,460  
Cumulative effect of accounting change for FIN 47,
net of taxes  (3)
    17,214                          
Net earnings
  $ 564,259     $ 494,370     $ 388,880     $ 265,177     $ 210,460  
Earnings per common share before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle — diluted
  $ 0.73     $ 0.61     $ 0.47     $ 0.33     $ 0.26  
Cumulative effect of accounting change for FIN 47,
net of taxes — per common share
    0.02                          
Net earnings per common share — diluted
  $ 0.71     $ 0.61     $ 0.47     $ 0.33     $ 0.26  
Cash dividends per share
                             
                     
BALANCE SHEET
                                       
Working capital  (4)
  $ (405,832 )   $ (17,662 )   $ 604,636     $ 335,767     $ 328,777  
Total assets
    4,428,941       3,513,693       3,386,266       2,775,931       2,249,432  
Short-term borrowings  (5)
    700,000       277,000                    
Long-term debt (including current portion)
    2,720       3,618       4,353       5,076       5,786  
Shareholders’ equity
  $ 2,228,506     $ 2,090,262     $ 2,469,936     $ 2,068,507     $ 1,712,453  
                     
STORE INFORMATION
                                       
Percentage change in comparable store sales  (6)
                                       
United States
    7 %     9 %     11 %     9 %     7 %
International
    8 %     6 %     6 %     7 %     1 %
Consolidated
    7 %     8 %     10 %     8 %     6 %
Stores opened during the year:  (7)(8)
                                       
United States
                                       
Company-operated stores
    810       580       521       514       507  
Licensed stores
    733       596       417       315       264  
International
                                       
Company-operated stores
    230       166       144       126       118  
Licensed stores
    426       330       262       246       288  
 
 
Total
    2,199       1,672       1,344       1,201       1,177  
 
 
 
18 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

                                         
    Oct 1, 2006
    Oct 2, 2005
    Oct 3, 2004
    Sept 28, 2003
    Sept 29, 2002
 
AS OF AND FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED  (1)   (52 Wks)     (52 Wks)     (53 Wks)     (52 Wks)     (52 Wks)  
   
 
Stores open at year end: (8)
                                       
United States
                                       
Company-operated stores
    5,728       4,918       4,338       3,817       3,239  
Licensed stores
    3,168       2,435       1,839       1,422       1,033  
International
                                       
Company-operated stores
    1,374       1,144       978       834       708  
Licensed stores
    2,170       1,744       1,414       1,152       906  
 
 
Total
    12,440       10,241       8,569       7,225       5,886  
 
 
 
(1) The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to September 30.
 
(2) On October 10, 2001, the Company sold 30,000 of its shares of Starbucks Coffee Japan, Ltd. at approximately $495 per share, net of related costs, which resulted in a gain of $13.4 million.
 
(3) As discussed in Note 1 “Asset Retirement Obligations” under the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K, Starbucks adopted FASB Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143” at the end of the fourth fiscal quarter of 2006.
 
(4) Working capital deficit as of October 1, 2006 was primarily due to increased current liabilities from short term borrowings under the revolving credit facility. See (5) below.
 
(5) In August 2006, the Company increased its borrowing capacity under the five-year revolving credit facility to $1 billion and had borrowings of $700 million outstanding as of October 1, 2006.
 
(6) Includes only Starbucks Company-operated retail stores open 13 months or longer. Comparable store sales percentage for fiscal 2004 excludes the extra sales week.
 
(7) Store openings are reported net of closures.
 
(8) International store information has been adjusted for the fiscal 2006 acquisitions of Hawaii and Puerto Rico and fiscal 2005 acquisitions of Germany, Southern China and Chile licensed operations by reclassifying historical information from Licensed stores to Company-operated stores. United States store information was also adjusted to align with the Hawaii operations segment change by reclassifying historical information from International Company-operated stores to the United States.
 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations
 
GENERAL
 
Starbucks Corporation’s fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to September 30. The fiscal years ended on October 1, 2006 and October 2, 2005, included 52 weeks. The fiscal year ended October 3, 2004, included 53 weeks, with the 53rd week falling in the fiscal fourth quarter.
 
MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW
 
During the fiscal year ended October 1, 2006, the Company’s focus on execution in all areas of its business, from U.S. and International Company-operated retail operations to the Company’s specialty businesses, delivered strong financial performance. Management believes that its ability to achieve the balance between growing the core business and building the foundation for future growth is the key to increasing long-term shareholder value. Starbucks fiscal 2006 performance reflects the Company’s continuing commitment to achieving this balance.
 
The primary driver of the Company’s revenue growth continues to be the opening of new retail stores, both Company-operated and licensed, in pursuit of the Company’s objective to establish Starbucks as one of the most recognized and respected brands in the world. Starbucks opened 2,199 new stores in fiscal 2006 and plans to open approximately 2,400 in fiscal 2007. With a presence in 37 countries, serving customers more than 40 million times per week, management
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 19


Table of Contents

continues to believe that the Company’s long-term goal of approximately 20,000 Starbucks retail locations throughout the United States and at least 20,000 stores in International markets is achievable.
 
In addition to opening new retail stores, Starbucks works to increase revenues generated at new and existing Company-operated stores by attracting new customers and increasing the frequency of visits by current customers. The strategy is to increase comparable store sales by continuously improving the level of customer service, introducing innovative products and improving speed with service through training, technology and process improvement.
 
Global comparable store sales for Company-operated markets increased by 7%, making fiscal 2006 the 15th consecutive year with comparable store sales growth of 5% or greater. Comparable store sales growth for fiscal 2007 is expected to be in the range of 3% to 7%.
 
In licensed retail operations, Starbucks shares operating and store development experience to help licensees improve the profitability of existing stores and build new stores. Internationally, the Company’s strategy is to selectively increase its equity stake in licensed international operations as these markets develop. In January 2006, the Company increased its equity ownership from 5% to 100% in its operations in Hawaii and Puerto Rico, and subsequent to the end of fiscal 2006 purchased a 90% stake in its previously-licensed operations in Beijing, China.
 
The combination of more retail stores, comparable store sales growth of 7% and growth in other business channels in the U.S., International, and CPG operating segments resulted in a 22% increase in total net revenues for fiscal 2006, compared to fiscal 2005. The Company expects revenue growth of approximately 20% in fiscal 2007, consistent with its three to five year revenue growth target.
 
Operating income as a percentage of total net revenues decreased to 11.5% in fiscal 2006 from 12.3% in fiscal 2005, due to the recognition of stock-based compensation. Net earnings increased by 14% in fiscal 2006, compared to fiscal 2005. Reported operating margin and net earnings include the effects of stock-based compensation in fiscal 2006, while stock-based compensation expense was not included in the Company’s consolidated financial results in fiscal 2005.
 
ACQUISITIONS
 
In January 2006, Starbucks increased its equity ownership to 100% in its operations in Hawaii and Puerto Rico and applied the consolidation method of accounting from the acquisition date. Previously the Company owned 5% of both Coffee Partners Hawaii and Café del Caribe in Puerto Rico. Because Coffee Partners Hawaii was a general partnership, the equity method of accounting was previously applied. Retroactive application of the equity method of accounting for the Puerto Rico investment, which was previously accounted for under the cost method, resulted in a reduction of retained earnings of $0.5 million as of April 2, 2006. The cumulative effect of the accounting change for financial results previously reported under the cost method and as restated in this report under the equity method reduced net earnings by $97 thousand for the fiscal year ended October 2, 2005 and $93 thousand for the fiscal year ended October 2, 2004. Previously reported earnings per share amounts were not impacted.
 
On October 18, 2006, the Company acquired 90% equity ownership of the licensed operations of 61 Starbucks retail stores in Beijing and Tianjin, China (See Note 20 “Subsequent Event”).
 
20 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — FISCAL 2006 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2005
 
The following table presents the consolidated statement of earnings as well as the percentage relationship to total net revenues, unless otherwise indicated, of items included in the Company’s consolidated statements of earnings ( amounts in thousands ):
 
                                                 
    Oct 1, 2006
    % of
    Oct 2, 2005
    % of
    Oct 3, 2004
    % of
 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   (52 Wks)     Revenues     (52 Wks)     Revenues     (53 Wks)     Revenues  
 
 
STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS DATA
                                               
                         
Net revenues:
                                               
Company-operated retail
  $ 6,583,098       84.5 %   $ 5,391,927       84.7 %   $ 4,457,378       84.2 %
Specialty:
                                               
Licensing
    860,676       11.1       673,015       10.5       565,798       10.7  
Foodservice and other
    343,168       4.4       304,358       4.8       271,071       5.1  
                                                 
Total specialty
    1,203,844       15.5       977,373       15.3       836,869       15.8  
                                                 
Total net revenues
    7,786,942       100.0       6,369,300       100.0       5,294,247       100.0  
                                                 
Cost of sales including occupancy costs
    3,178,791       40.8       2,605,212       40.9       2,191,440       41.4  
Store operating expenses
    2,687,815       40.8   (1)     2,165,911       40.2   (1)     1,790,168       40.2   (1)
Other operating expenses
    260,087       21.6   (2)     197,024       20.2   (2)     171,648       20.5   (2)
Depreciation and amortization expenses
    387,211       5.0       340,169       5.3       289,182       5.5  
General and administrative expenses
    473,023       6.1       357,114       5.6       304,293       5.7  
                                                 
Subtotal operating expenses
    6,986,927       89.7       5,665,430       88.9       4,746,731       89.7  
                                                 
Income from equity investees
    93,937       1.2       76,648       1.2       58,978       1.1  
                                                 
Operating income
    893,952       11.5       780,518       12.3       606,494       11.5  
Interest and other income, net
    12,291       0.1       15,829       0.2       14,140       0.2  
                                                 
Earnings before income taxes
    906,243       11.6       796,347       12.5       620,634       11.7  
Income taxes
    324,770       4.1       301,977       4.7       231,754       4.4  
                                                 
Earnings before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    581,473       7.5 %     494,370       7.8 %     388,880       7.3 %
Cumulative effect of accounting change for FIN 47, net of taxes
    17,214       0.3                          
 
 
Net earnings
  $ 564,259       7.2 %   $ 494,370       7.8 %   $ 388,880       7.3 %
 
 
 
(1) Shown as a percentage of related Company-operated retail revenues.
 
(2) Shown as a percentage of related total specialty revenues.
 
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Net revenues for the fiscal year ended 2006 increased 22% to $7.8 billion from $6.4 billion for fiscal 2005, driven by increases in both Company-operated retail revenues and specialty operations. Net revenues are expected to grow approximately 20% in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006.
 
During the fiscal year ended 2006, Starbucks derived 85% of total net revenues from its Company-operated retail stores. Company-operated retail revenues increased 22% to $6.6 billion for the fiscal year ended 2006, from $5.4 billion for fiscal 2005. This increase was primarily due to the opening of 1,040 new Company-operated retail stores in the last 12 months and comparable store sales growth of 7% in fiscal 2006. The increase in comparable store sales was due to a 5% increase in the number of customer transactions and a 2% increase in the average value per transaction. Management believes increased customer traffic continues to be driven by sustained popularity of core products, new product innovation and a high level of customer satisfaction.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 21


Table of Contents

The Company derived the remaining 15% of total net revenues from channels outside the Company-operated retail stores, collectively known as “Specialty Operations.” Specialty revenues, which include licensing revenues and foodservice and other revenues, increased 23% to $1.2 billion for the fiscal year ended 2006, from $977 million for fiscal 2005.
 
Licensing revenues, which are derived from retail store licensing arrangements, as well as grocery, warehouse club and certain other branded product operations, increased 28% to $861 million for fiscal 2006, from $673 million for fiscal 2005. The increase is primarily due to higher product sales and royalty revenues from the opening of 1,159 new licensed retail stores in the last 12 months and, to a lesser extent, growth in the licensed grocery and warehouse club business.
 
Foodservice and other revenues increased 13% to $343 million for fiscal 2006, from $304 million for fiscal 2005. Foodservice and other revenues increased primarily due to growth in new and existing U.S. foodservice accounts.
 
Cost of sales including occupancy costs decreased slightly to 40.8% of total net revenues for fiscal 2006, from 40.9% in fiscal 2005. The decrease was primarily due to fixed rent costs in fiscal 2006 being distributed over an expanded revenue base, as well as increased occupancy costs in fiscal 2005 resulting from intensified store maintenance activities. These favorable items, combined with lower dairy costs, offset higher green coffee costs for fiscal 2006.
 
Store operating expenses as a percentage of Company-operated retail revenues increased to 40.8% for fiscal 2006 from 40.2% for fiscal 2005. The increase was due to the recognition of stock-based compensation expense and to higher provisions for incentive compensation.
 
Other operating expenses, which are expenses associated with the Company’s Specialty Operations, increased to 21.6% of specialty revenues in fiscal 2006, compared to 20.2% in fiscal 2005. The increase was primarily due to the recognition of stock-based compensation expense as well as higher payroll-related expenditures to support the expanding licensed store operations, both in the U.S. and in existing and new international markets.
 
Depreciation and amortization expenses increased to $387 million in fiscal 2006, from $340 million in fiscal 2005. The increase of $47 million was due to the opening of 1,040 new Company-operated retail stores in the last 12 months. As a percentage of total net revenues, depreciation and amortization decreased to 5.0% for fiscal 2006, from 5.3% for fiscal 2005.
 
General and administrative expenses increased to $473 million in fiscal 2006, compared to $357 million in fiscal 2005. The increase was due to higher payroll-related expenditures from the recognition of stock-based compensation expense, additional employees to support continued global growth, and higher professional fees in support of global systems infrastructure development. As a percentage of total net revenues, general and administrative expenses increased to 6.1% for fiscal 2006, from 5.6% for fiscal 2005.
 
Income from equity investees increased to $94 million in fiscal 2006, compared to $77 million in fiscal 2005. The increase was primarily due to favorable volume-driven operating results for The North American Coffee Partnership, which produces ready-to-drink beverages which include, among others, bottled Frappuccino ® coffee drinks and Starbucks DoubleShot ® espresso drinks, as well as improved operating results from international investees, including Korea and Japan, mainly as a result of new store openings.
 
Operating income increased 15% to $894 million in fiscal 2006, from $781 million in fiscal 2005. The operating margin decreased to 11.5% of total net revenues in fiscal 2006, compared to 12.3% in fiscal 2005, due to the recognition of stock-based compensation expense.
 
Net interest and other income, which primarily consists of interest income, decreased to $12 million in fiscal 2006, from $16 million in fiscal 2005. The decrease was primarily due to higher interest expense on the Company’s revolving credit facility, as well as lower interest income earned due to lower average investment balances, offset in part by the recognition of $4.4 million of income on unredeemed stored value card balances in fiscal 2006. There was no income recognized on unredeemed stored value card balances in fiscal 2005.
 
Income taxes for fiscal 2006 resulted in an effective tax rate of 35.8%, compared to 37.9% in fiscal 2005. The decline in the effective tax rate was due to the reversal of a valuation allowance in fiscal 2006 that had been established in fiscal 2005,
 
22 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

the settlement in the third quarter of fiscal 2006 of a multi-year income tax audit in a foreign jurisdiction for which the Company had established a contingent liability, and to increased effectiveness of the Company’s long-term tax planning strategies. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2007 is expected to be approximately 38%, with quarterly variations.
 
OPERATING SEGMENTS
 
Segment information is prepared on the same basis that the Company’s management reviews financial information for operational decision-making purposes. Beginning in the fiscal fourth quarter of 2006, the Company increased its reporting segments from two to three to include a Global CPG segment in addition to the United States and International segments. This additional operating segment reflects the culmination of internal management realignments in fiscal 2006, and the successful development and launch of certain branded products in the United States and internationally commencing in fiscal 2005 and continuing throughout fiscal 2006. Additionally, with the 100% acquisition of the Company’s operations in Hawaii in fiscal 2006 and the shift in internal management of this market to the United States, these operations have been moved from the International segment into the United States segment. Segment information for all prior periods presented has been revised to reflect these changes.
 
The following tables summarize the Company’s results of operations by segment for fiscal 2006 and 2005 ( in thousands ):
 
                                     
    52 Weeks Ended     52 Weeks Ended  
   
   
 
    Oct 1, 2006   Oct 2, 2005   % Change     Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005  
   
   
 
                  As a % of
 
UNITED STATES                 U.S. Total Net Revenues  
 
 
Net revenues:
                                   
Company-operated retail
  $ 5,495,240   $ 4,539,455     21.1 %     88.9 %     89.1 %
Specialty:
                                   
Licensing
    369,155     277,987     32.8       6.0       5.4  
Foodservice and other
    314,162     280,073     12.2       5.1       5.5  
                 
                 
Total specialty
    683,317     558,060     22.4       11.1       10.9  
                 
                 
Total net revenues
    6,178,557     5,097,515     21.2       100.0       100.0  
Cost of sales including occupancy costs
    2,374,485     1,944,356             38.4       38.1  
Store operating expenses
    2,280,044     1,848,836             41.5   (1)     40.7   (1)
Other operating expenses
    190,624     150,712             27.9   (2)     27.0   (2)
Depreciation and amortization expenses
    284,625     250,339             4.6       4.9  
General and administrative expenses
    93,754     85,362             1.5       1.7  
Income from equity investees
    151     592                    
                 
                 
Operating income
  $ 955,176   $ 818,502     16.7 %     15.5 %     16.1 %
 
 
 
(1) Shown as a percentage of related Company-operated retail revenues.
 
(2) Shown as a percentage of related total specialty revenues.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 23


Table of Contents

                                     
    52 Weeks Ended     52 Weeks Ended  
    Oct 1, 2006   Oct 2, 2005   % Change     Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005  
             
                  As a % of International
 
INTERNATIONAL                 Total Net Revenues  
 
 
Net revenues:
                                   
Company-operated retail
  $ 1,087,858   $ 852,472     27.6 %     83.5 %     83.4 %
Specialty:
                                   
Licensing
    186,050     145,736     27.7       14.3       14.2  
Foodservice and other
    29,006     24,285     19.4       2.2       2.4  
                 
                 
Total specialty
    215,056     170,021     26.5       16.5       16.6  
                 
                 
Total net revenues
    1,302,914     1,022,493     27.4       100.0       100.0  
Cost of sales including occupancy costs
    625,008     511,761             48.0       50.1  
Store operating expenses
    407,771     317,075             37.5   (1)     37.2   (1)
Other operating expenses
    50,900     32,061             23.7   (2)     18.9   (2)
Depreciation and amortization expenses
    66,800     56,705             5.1       5.5  
General and administrative expenses
    78,337     53,069             6.0       5.2  
Income from equity investees
    34,370     30,477             2.6       3.0  
                 
                 
Operating income
  $ 108,468   $ 82,299     31.8 %     8.3 %     8.0 %
 
 
 
                                     
                  As a % of
 
GLOBAL CONSUMER PRODUCTS GROUP                 CPG Total Net Revenues  
 
 
Net revenues:
                                   
Specialty:
                                   
Licensing
  $ 305,471   $ 249,292             100.0 %     100.0 %
                 
                 
Total specialty
    305,471     249,292             100.0       100.0  
                 
                 
Total net revenues
    305,471     249,292     22.5 %     100.0       100.0  
Cost of sales
    179,298     149,095             58.7       59.8  
Other operating expenses
    18,563     14,251             6.1       5.7  
Depreciation and amortization expenses
    108     76                    
Income from equity investees
    59,416     45,579             19.4       18.2  
                 
                 
Operating income
  $ 166,918   $ 131,449     27.0 %     54.6 %     52.7 %
 
 
 
                                       
                    As a % of
 
UNALLOCATED CORPORATE                   Total Net Revenues  
 
 
Depreciation and amortization expenses
  $ 35,678     $ 33,049             0.4 %     0.5 %
General and administrative expenses
    300,932       218,683             3.9       3.4  
               
               
Operating loss
  $ (336,610 )   $ (251,732 )           (4.3 )%     (3.9 )%
 
 
 
(1) Shown as a percentage of related Company-operated retail revenues.
 
(2) Shown as a percentage of related total specialty revenues.
 
United States
 
The Company’s United States operations (“United States”) represent 83% of Company-operated retail revenues, 57% of total specialty revenues and 79% of total net revenues. United States operations sell coffee and other beverages, whole bean coffees, complementary food, coffee brewing equipment and merchandise primarily through Company-operated retail stores. Specialty Operations within the United States include licensed retail stores, foodservice accounts and other initiatives related to the Company’s core business.
 
24 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

United States total net revenues increased 21% to $6.2 billion for the fiscal year ended 2006, compared to $5.1 billion for fiscal 2005.
 
United States Company-operated retail revenues increased 21% to $5.5 billion for the fiscal year ended 2006, compared to $4.5 billion for fiscal 2005. United States Company-operated retail revenues increased primarily due to the opening of 810 new Company-operated retail stores in the last 12 months and comparable store sales growth of 7% for fiscal 2006. The increase in comparable store sales was due to a 5% increase in the average value per transaction and a 2% increase in the number of customer transactions. Management believes increased customer traffic continues to be driven by new product innovation, continued popularity of core products and a high level of customer satisfaction.
 
Total United States specialty revenues increased 22% to $683 million for the fiscal year ended 2006, compared to $558 million in fiscal 2005. United States licensing revenues increased 33% to $369 million, compared to $278 million for fiscal 2005. United States licensing revenues increased due to increased product sales and royalty revenues as a result of opening 733 new licensed retail stores in the last 12 months. Foodservice and other revenues increased 12% to $314 million from $280 million for fiscal 2005. United States foodservice and other revenues increased primarily due to growth in new and existing foodservice accounts.
 
United States operating income increased 17% to $955 million for the fiscal year ended 2006, from $819 million for the fiscal year ended 2005. Operating margin decreased to 15.5% of related revenues from 16.1% in fiscal 2005. The decrease was due to the recognition of stock-based compensation expense.
 
International
 
The Company’s International operations (“International”) represent the remaining 17% of Company-operated retail revenues and 18% of total specialty revenues as well as 17% of total net revenues. International operations sell coffee and other beverages, whole bean coffees, complementary food, coffee brewing equipment and merchandise through Company-operated retail stores in the United Kingdom, Canada, Thailand, Australia, Germany, China, Singapore, Puerto Rico, Chile and Ireland. Specialty Operations in International primarily include retail store licensing operations in more than 25 countries and foodservice accounts in Canada and the United Kingdom. The Company’s International store base continues to increase rapidly and Starbucks is achieving a growing contribution from established areas of the business while at the same time investing in emerging markets and channels, such as China. The Company’s International operations are in various early stages of development that require a more extensive support organization, relative to the current levels of revenue and operating income, than in the United States. This continuing investment is part of the Company’s long-term, balanced plan for profitable growth.
 
International total net revenues increased 27% to $1.3 billion for the fiscal year ended 2006, compared to $1.0 billion for fiscal 2005. International Company-operated retail revenues increased 28% to $1.1 billion for the fiscal year ended 2006, compared to $852 million for fiscal 2005. International Company-operated revenues increased due to the opening of 230 new Company-operated retail stores in the last 12 months, comparable store sales growth of 8% for fiscal 2006, and the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the Canadian dollar. The increase in comparable store sales resulted from a 5% increase in the number of customer transactions and a 3% increase in the average value per transaction.
 
Total International specialty revenues increased 26% to $215 million for the fiscal year ended 2006, compared to $170 million for fiscal 2005. International licensing revenues increased 28% to $186 million for the fiscal year ended 2006, compared to $146 million in fiscal 2005. International licensing revenues increased due to higher product sales and royalty revenues from opening 426 new licensed retail stores in the last 12 months. International foodservice and other revenues increased 19% to $29 million for the fiscal year ended 2006, compared to $24 million in fiscal 2005. International foodservice and other revenues increased primarily due to growth in the total number of foodservice accounts.
 
International operating income increased to $108 million for the fiscal year ended 2006, compared to $82 million in fiscal 2005. Operating margin increased to 8.3% of related revenues from 8.0% in fiscal 2005, primarily due to lower cost of sales including occupancy costs due to leverage gained from fixed costs distributed over an expanded revenue base, as
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 25


Table of Contents

well as lower dairy costs. These improvements were partially offset by higher store operating expenses and other operating expenses due to higher payroll-related expenditures primarily to support global expansion as well as the recognition of stock-based compensation expense.
 
Global Consumer Products Group
 
The Company’s CPG segment represents 25% of total specialty revenues and 4% of total net revenues. CPG operations sell a selection of whole bean and ground coffees as well as a selection of premium Tazo ® teas through licensing arrangements with Kraft and other grocery and warehouse club stores in United States and international markets. CPG operations also produce and sell ready-to-drink beverages which include, among others, bottled Frappuccino ® coffee drinks and Starbucks DoubleShot ® espresso drinks, and Starbucks ® superpremium ice creams, through its joint venture partnerships, and Starbucks tm Coffee and Cream Liqueurs through a marketing and distribution agreement. Through other manufacturing, distribution and co-packing agreements, the Company produces and sells ready-to-drink products in international locations.
 
CPG total net revenues increased 23% to $305 million for the fiscal year ended 2006, compared to $249 million for fiscal 2005, primarily due to volume growth in the licensed grocery and warehouse club business as well as sales of ready-to-drink coffee beverages introduced in Japan, Taiwan and Korea in the fall of 2005.
 
CPG operating income increased to $167 million for the fiscal year ended 2006, compared to $131 million for fiscal 2005. Operating margin increased to 54.6% of related revenues, from 52.7% in fiscal 2005, primarily due to higher income from the Company’s equity investees and lower cost of sales as a percentage of revenues. The increase in equity investee income was primarily due to volume-driven results for The North American Coffee Partnership, which produces ready-to-drink beverages which include, among others, bottled Frappuccino ® coffee drinks and Starbucks Doubleshot ® espresso drinks. Lower cost of sales was due to a sales mix shift to products with higher gross margins.
 
Unallocated Corporate
 
Unallocated corporate expenses pertain to corporate administrative functions that support but are not specifically attributable to the Company’s operating segments, and include related depreciation and amortization expenses. Unallocated corporate expenses increased to $337 million for the fiscal year ended 2006, from $252 million in fiscal 2005. The increase was due to higher payroll-related expenditures from the recognition of stock-based compensation expense and to additional employees, as well as higher professional fees primarily in support of global systems infrastructure development. Total unallocated corporate expenses as a percentage of total net revenues were 4.3% for the fiscal year ended 2006, compared to 3.9% for fiscal 2005.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — FISCAL 2005 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2004
 
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Net revenues for the fiscal year ended 2005 increased 20% to $6.4 billion from $5.3 billion for the 53-week period of fiscal 2004, driven by increases in both Company-operated retail revenues and specialty operations. Net revenues increased 23% when calculated on a comparative 52-week basis for both fiscal 2005 and 2004.
 
During the fiscal year ended 2005, Starbucks derived 85% of total net revenues from its Company-operated retail stores. Company-operated retail revenues increased 21% to $5.4 billion for the fiscal year ended 2005, from $4.5 billion for the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. Company-operated retail revenues increased 23% when calculated on a comparative 52-week basis for both fiscal 2005 and 2004. This increase was primarily due to the opening of 746 new Company-operated retail stores in the last 12 months and comparable store sales growth of 8% for the 52 weeks ended October 2, 2005. The increase in comparable store sales was due to a 4% increase in the number of customer transactions and a 4% increase in the average value per transaction. Comparable store sales growth percentages were calculated excluding the extra week of fiscal 2004. The increase in the average value per transaction was primarily due to a beverage price increase in October 2004 in the Company’s U.S. and Canadian markets.
 
26 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

The Company derived the remaining 15% of total net revenues from channels outside the Company-operated retail stores. Specialty revenues, which include licensing revenues and foodservice and other revenues, increased 17% to $977 million for the fiscal year ended 2005, from $837 million for the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. Excluding the impact of the extra week in fiscal 2004, total specialty revenues increased 19%.
 
Licensing revenues, which are derived from retail store licensing arrangements, as well as grocery, warehouse club and certain other branded-product licensed operations, increased 19% to $673 million for the 52-week period of 2005, from $566 million for the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. Excluding the impact of the extra week in fiscal 2004, total licensing revenues increased 21%, primarily due to higher product sales and royalty revenues from the opening of 926 new licensed retail stores in the last 12 months.
 
Foodservice and other revenues increased 12% to $304 million for the 52-week period of fiscal 2005, from $271 million for the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. Excluding the impact of the extra week in fiscal 2004, foodservice and other revenues increased 15%, primarily attributable to growth in new and existing U.S. and International foodservice accounts and, to a lesser extent, growth in the Company’s emerging entertainment business.
 
Cost of sales including occupancy costs decreased to 40.9% of total net revenues in the 52-week period of fiscal 2005, from 41.4% in the 53-week period of 2004. The decrease was primarily due to higher average revenue per retail transaction, offset in part by higher initial costs associated with the continued expansion of a lunch program in Company-operated retail stores. Approximately 3,800 Company-operated stores had the lunch program at the end of fiscal 2005, compared to approximately 2,600 at the end of fiscal 2004.
 
Store operating expenses as a percentage of Company-operated retail revenues were 40.2% for both the 52-week period of fiscal 2005 and the 53-week period of fiscal 2004, primarily due to higher average revenue per retail transaction in fiscal 2005, offset by higher payroll-related expenditures, as well as higher maintenance and repair expenditures to ensure a consistent Starbucks Experience in existing stores. In order to facilitate ongoing retail store revenue growth, the Company opened a higher number of Drive Thru locations over the past year and extended store operating hours, which contributed to the higher payroll-related expenditures.
 
Other operating expenses, which are expenses associated with the Company’s Specialty Operations, decreased to 20.2% of specialty revenues in the 52-week period of fiscal 2005, compared to 20.5% in the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. The decrease was primarily due to lower expenditures within the grocery, warehouse club and foodservice businesses, partially offset by higher payroll-related expenditures to support the Company’s emerging entertainment business and to support the growth of Seattle’s Best Coffee licensed café operations.
 
Depreciation and amortization expenses increased to $340 million in the 52-week period of fiscal 2005, from $289 million in the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. The increase was primarily from the opening of 746 new Company-operated retail stores in the last 12 months. As a percentage of total net revenues, depreciation and amortization decreased to 5.3% for the 52 weeks ended October 2, 2005, from 5.5% for the corresponding 53-week fiscal 2004 period.
 
General and administrative expenses increased to $357 million in the 52-week period of fiscal 2005, compared to $304 million in the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. The increase was primarily due to higher payroll-related expenditures in support of both domestic and international business growth and increased charitable donations to support multi-year corporate commitments. As a percentage of total net revenues, general and administrative expenses decreased to 5.6% for the 52 weeks ended October 2, 2005, from 5.7% for the 53 weeks ended October 3, 2004.
 
Income from equity investees increased to $77 million in the 52-week period of fiscal 2005, compared to $59 million in the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. The increase was primarily due to volume-driven operating results for The North American Coffee Partnership, which produces ready-to-drink beverages which include, among others, bottled Frappuccino ® coffee drinks and Starbucks DoubleShot ® espresso drinks, and improved operating results from international investees, particularly in Japan and Korea, mainly as a result of new store openings.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 27


Table of Contents

Operating income increased 29% to $781 million in the 52-week period of fiscal 2005, from $606 million in the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. The operating margin increased to 12.3% of total net revenues in the 52-week period of fiscal 2005, compared to 11.5% in the 53-week period of fiscal 2004, primarily due to strong revenue growth.
 
Net interest and other income, which primarily consists of interest income, increased to $16 million in the 52-week period of fiscal 2005, from $14 million in the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. The increase was primarily due to higher interest income earned due to higher interest rates in fiscal 2005 compared to fiscal 2004 and to foreign exchange gains in fiscal 2005 compared to losses in fiscal 2004. Partially offsetting these increases were higher realized losses on sales of available-for-sale securities. Starbucks funded the majority of its share repurchases during fiscal 2005 through sales of its available-for-sale securities.
 
Income taxes for the 52 weeks ended October 2, 2005, resulted in an effective tax rate of 37.9%, compared to 37.3% in fiscal 2004. The effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate of 35% due to a variety of factors, including state income taxes, the impact from foreign operations, tax credits and other provision adjustments.
 
OPERATING SEGMENTS
 
Segment information is prepared on the same basis that the Company’s management reviews financial information for operational decision-making purposes. The following tables summarize the Company’s results of operations by segment for fiscal 2005 and 2004 (in thousands) :
 
                                     
    52 Weeks
  53 Weeks
        52 Weeks
    53 Weeks
 
    Ended   Ended         Ended     Ended  
             
    Oct 2, 2005   Oct 3, 2004   % Change     Oct 2, 2005     Oct 3, 2004  
             
      As a % of U.S.
 
UNITED STATES     Total Net Revenues  
 
 
Net revenues:
                                   
Company-operated retail
  $ 4,539,455   $ 3,800,367     19.4 %     89.1 %     89.1 %
Specialty:
                                   
Licensing
    277,987     211,269     31.6       5.4       5.0  
Foodservice and other
    280,073     253,502     10.5       5.5       5.9  
                 
                 
Total specialty
    558,060     464,771     20.1       10.9       10.9  
                 
                 
Total net revenues
    5,097,515     4,265,138     19.5       100.0       100.0  
                                     
Cost of sales including occupancy costs
    1,944,356     1,642,745             38.1       38.5  
Store operating expenses
    1,848,836     1,546,871             40.7   (1)     40.7   (1)
Other operating expenses
    150,712     122,335             27.0   (2)     26.3   (2)
Depreciation and amortization expenses
    250,339     209,586             4.9       4.9  
General and administrative expenses
    85,362     80,221             1.7       1.9  
Income from equity investees
    592     564                    
                 
                 
Operating income
  $ 818,502   $ 663,944     23.3 %     16.1 %     15.6 %
 
 
 
(1) Shown as a percentage of related Company-operated retail revenues.
 
(2) Shown as a percentage of related total specialty revenues.
 
28 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

                                     
    52 Weeks
  53 Weeks
        52 Weeks
    53 Weeks
 
    Ended   Ended         Ended     Ended  
             
    Oct 2, 2005   Oct 3, 2004   % Change     Oct 2, 2005     Oct 3, 2004  
             
      As a % of International
 
INTERNATIONAL     Total Net Revenues  
 
 
Net revenues:
                                   
Company-operated retail
  $ 852,472   $ 657,011     29.8 %     83.4 %     82.8 %
Specialty:
                                   
Licensing
    145,736     119,325     22.1       14.2       15.0  
Foodservice and other
    24,285     17,569     38.2       2.4       2.2  
                 
                 
Total specialty
    170,021     136,894     24.2       16.6       17.2  
                 
                 
Total net revenues
    1,022,493     793,905     28.8       100.0       100.0  
                                     
Cost of sales including occupancy costs
    511,761     403,870             50.1       50.9  
Store operating expenses
    317,075     243,297             37.2   (1)     37.0   (1)
Other operating expenses
    32,061     26,795             18.9   (2)     19.6   (2)
Depreciation and amortization expenses
    56,705     46,196             5.5       5.8  
General and administrative expenses
    53,069     48,206             5.2       6.1  
Income from equity investees
    30,477     20,961             3.0       2.6  
                 
                 
Operating income
  $ 82,299   $ 46,502     77.0 %     8.0 %     5.9 %
 
 
 
                                     
      As a % of CPG
 
GLOBAL CONSUMER PRODUCTS GROUP     Total Net Revenues  
 
 
Net revenues:
                                   
Specialty:
                                   
Licensing
  $ 249,292   $ 235,204             100.0 %     100.0 %
Total specialty
    249,292     235,204             100.0       100.0  
                 
                 
Total net revenues
    249,292     235,204     6.0 %     100.0       100.0  
Cost of sales
    149,095     144,825             59.8       61.6  
Other operating expenses
    14,251     22,518             5.7       9.6  
Depreciation and amortization expenses
    76     862                   0.3  
Income from equity investees
    45,579     37,453             18.2       15.9  
                 
                 
Operating income
  $ 131,449   $ 104,452     25.8 %     52.7 %     44.4 %
 
 
 
                                       
                    As a % of
 
UNALLOCATED CORPORATE                   Total Net Revenues  
 
 
Depreciation and amortization expenses
  $ 33,049     $ 32,538             0.5 %     0.6 %
General and administrative expenses
    218,683       175,866             3.4       3.3  
               
               
Operating loss
  $ (251,732 )   $ (208,404 )           (3.9 )%     (3.9 )%
 
 
 
(1) Shown as a percentage of related Company-operated retail revenues.
 
(2) Shown as a percentage of related total specialty revenues.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 29


Table of Contents

United States
 
United States total net revenues increased 20% to $5.1 billion for the fiscal year ended 2005, compared to $4.3 billion for the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. Excluding the impact of the extra week in fiscal 2004, United States total net revenues increased 22%. United States Company-operated retail revenues increased 19% to $4.5 billion for the fiscal year ended 2005, compared to $3.8 billion for the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. Excluding the impact of the extra week in fiscal 2004, United States Company-operated retail revenues increased 22%, primarily due to the opening of 580 new Company-operated retail stores in the last 12 months and comparable store sales growth of 9% for the 52-week period of fiscal 2005. The increase in comparable store sales was due to a 5% increase in the average value per transaction, including 3% attributable to a beverage price increase in October 2004, and a 4% increase in the number of customer transactions.
 
Total United States specialty revenues increased 20% to $558 million for the fiscal year ended 2005, compared to $465 million in the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. Excluding the impact of the extra week in fiscal 2004, United States specialty revenues increased 23%. United States licensing revenues increased 32% to $278 million, compared to $211 million for the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. Excluding the impact of the extra week in fiscal 2004, United States licensing revenues increased 35%, due to increased product sales and royalty revenues as a result of opening 596 new licensed retail stores in the last 12 months. Foodservice and other revenues increased 10% to $280 million from $254 million for the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. Excluding the impact of the extra week in fiscal 2004, United States foodservice and other revenues increased 13%, primarily due to growth in new and existing foodservice accounts, as well as growth in the emerging entertainment business.
 
United States operating income increased by 23% to $819 million for the fiscal year ended 2005, from $664 million for the fiscal year ended 2004. Operating margin increased to 16.1% of related revenues from 15.6% in the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. The increase was primarily due to leverage from strong revenue growth.
 
International
 
International total net revenues increased 29% to $1.0 billion for the fiscal year ended 2005, compared to $794 million for the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. Excluding the impact of the extra week in fiscal 2004, International total net revenues increased 31%. International Company-operated retail revenues increased 30% to $852 million for the fiscal year ended 2005, compared to $657 million for the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. Excluding the impact of the extra week in fiscal 2004, International Company-operated revenues increased 32%, primarily due to the opening of 166 new Company-operated retail stores in the last 12 months, comparable store sales growth of 6% for the 52-week period of fiscal 2005, and the weakening of the U.S. dollar against both the Canadian dollar and British pound sterling. The increase in comparable store sales resulted from a 4% increase in the number of customer transactions and a 2% increase in the average value per transaction.
 
Total International specialty revenues increased 24% to $170 million for the fiscal year ended 2005, compared to $137 million for the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. Excluding the impact of the extra week in fiscal 2004, International specialty revenues increased 26%. International licensing revenues increased 22% to $146 million for the fiscal year ended 2005, compared to $119 million in the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. Excluding the impact of the extra week in 2004, International licensing revenues increased 24%, due to higher product sales and royalty revenues from opening 330 new licensed retail stores in the last 12 months. International foodservice and other revenues increased 38% to $24 million for the fiscal year ended 2005, compared to $18 million in the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. Excluding the impact of the extra week in 2004, international foodservice and other revenues increased 41%, primarily due to growth in new and existing foodservice accounts.
 
International operating income increased to $82 million for the fiscal year ended 2005, compared to $47 million in the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. Operating margin increased to 8.0% of related revenues from 5.9% in the 53-week period of fiscal 2004, primarily due to leverage gained on most fixed costs distributed over an expanded revenue base.
 
30 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

Global Consumer Products Group
 
CPG total net revenues increased 6% to $249 million for the fiscal year ended 2005, compared to $235 million for the 53-week period of fiscal 2004, due to the national rollout of the Starbucks tm Coffee Liqueur during the fiscal second quarter of 2005 and growth in the licensed grocery and warehouse club business.
 
CPG operating income increased by 26% to $131 million for the fiscal year ended 2005, compared to $104 million for the 53-week period of fiscal 2004. Operating margin increased to 52.7% of related revenues from 44.4% in fiscal 2004, primarily due to lower other operating expenses from reduced expenditures within the grocery and warehouse club channels and higher equity investee income from volume-driven operating results for The North American Coffee Partnership, which produces ready-to-drink beverages which include, among others, bottled Frappuccino ® coffee drinks and Starbucks DoubleShot ® espresso drinks.
 
Unallocated Corporate
 
Unallocated corporate expenses increased to $252 million for the fiscal year ended 2005, from $208 million in the 53-week period of fiscal 2004, primarily due to increased charitable commitments as well as higher payroll-related expenditures. Total unallocated corporate expenses as a percentage of total net revenues remained unchanged at 3.9% for the fiscal year ended 2005 and the 53-week period of fiscal 2004.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
Components of the Company’s most liquid assets are as follows (in thousands) :
 
                 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005  
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 312,606     $ 173,809  
Short-term investments — available-for-sale securities
    87,542       95,379  
Short-term investments — trading securities
    53,496       37,848  
Long-term investments — available-for-sale securities
    5,811       60,475  
 
 
Total cash, cash equivalents and liquid investments
  $ 459,455     $ 367,511  
 
 
 
The Company manages its cash, cash equivalents and liquid investments in order to internally fund operating needs and pay down short-term borrowings. The $92 million increase in total cash and cash equivalents and liquid investments from October 2, 2005 to October 1, 2006, was primarily due to strong operating cash flows.
 
The Company intends to use its cash and liquid investments, including any borrowings under its $1 billion revolving credit facility, to invest in its core businesses and other new business opportunities related to its core businesses. The Company may use its available cash resources to make proportionate capital contributions to its equity method and cost method investees, as well as purchase larger ownership interests in selected equity method investees and licensed operations, particularly in international markets. Depending on market conditions, Starbucks may repurchase shares of its common stock under its authorized share repurchase program. Management believes that strong cash flow generated from operations, existing cash and liquid investments, as well as borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility, should be sufficient to finance capital requirements for its core businesses for the foreseeable future. Significant new joint ventures, acquisitions, share repurchases and/or other new business opportunities may require additional outside funding.
 
Other than normal operating expenses, cash requirements for fiscal 2007 are expected to consist primarily of capital expenditures for new Company-operated retail stores and the remodeling and refurbishment of existing Company-operated retail stores, as well as potential increased investments in International licensees and for additional share repurchases, if any. Management expects capital expenditures to be in the range of $950 million to $1.0 billion in fiscal 2007, primarily driven by new store development and existing store renovations.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 31


Table of Contents

Cash provided by operating activities totaled $1.1 billion for fiscal 2006. Net earnings provided $564 million and noncash depreciation and amortization expenses further increased cash provided by operating activities by $413 million. In addition, an increase in accrued taxes payable due to the timing of payments provided $133 million.
 
Cash used by investing activities for fiscal 2006 totaled $841 million. Net capital additions to property, plant and equipment used $771 million, primarily from opening 1,040 new Company-operated retail stores and remodeling certain existing stores. During fiscal 2006, the Company used $92 million for acquisitions, net of cash acquired. In addition, the net activity in the Company’s portfolio of available-for-sale securities provided $61 million.
 
Cash used by financing activities for fiscal 2006 totaled $155 million. Cash used to repurchase shares of the Company’s common stock totaled $854 million. This amount includes the effect of the net change in unsettled trades from October 2, 2005. Share repurchases, up to the limit authorized by the Board of Directors, are at the discretion of management and depend on market conditions, capital requirements and other factors. Approximately 21.5 million shares remained available for repurchase as of October 1, 2006.
 
The Company had net borrowings under its credit facility of $423 million during fiscal 2006, which consisted of additional gross borrowings of $1.4 billion offset by gross principal repayments of $993 million. Management increased the Company’s borrowing capacity under its credit facility during the fiscal fourth quarter of 2006, from $500 million to $1.0 billion, as provided in the original credit facility. As of October 1, 2006, a total of $700 million was outstanding under the facility.
 
Partially offsetting cash used for share repurchases were proceeds of $159 million from the exercise of employee stock options and the sale of the Company’s common stock from employee stock purchase plans. As options granted are exercised, the Company will continue to receive proceeds and a tax deduction; however, the amounts and the timing cannot be predicted.
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations and borrowings as of October 1, 2006, and the timing and effect that such commitments are expected to have on the Company’s liquidity and capital requirements in future periods ( in thousands ):
 
                                         
    PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD  
       
          Less than
    1 – 3
    3 – 5
    More than
 
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS   Total     1 Year     Years     Years     5 Years  
 
 
Debt obligations  (1)
  $ 740,480     $ 738,405     $ 1,660     $ 415     $  
Operating lease obligations  (2)
    3,892,938       531,634       1,013,312       861,271       1,486,721  
Purchase obligations  (3)
    619,862       440,720       153,044       21,761       4,337  
 
 
Total
  $ 5,253,280     $ 1,710,759     $ 1,168,016     $ 883,447     $ 1,491,058  
 
 
 
(1) Debt amounts include principal maturities and expected interest payments. Rates utilized to determine interest payments for variable rate debt are based on an estimate of future interest rates. The amount due in less than one year includes $700 million of short term borrowings under the facility.
 
(2) Amounts include the direct lease obligations, excluding any taxes, insurance and other related expenses.
 
(3) Purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on Starbucks and that specify all significant terms. Purchase obligations relate primarily to green coffee and other commodities.
 
Starbucks expects to fund these commitments primarily with operating cash flows generated in the normal course of business, as well as ongoing borrowings under the facility.
 
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENT
 
The Company has unconditionally guaranteed the repayment of certain Japanese yen-denominated bank loans and related interest and fees of an unconsolidated equity investee, Starbucks Coffee Japan, Ltd. (“Starbucks Japan”). The guarantees continue until the loans, including accrued interest and fees, have been paid in full, with the final loan amount
 
32 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

due in 2014. The maximum amount is limited to the sum of unpaid principal and interest amounts, as well as other related expenses. These amounts will vary based on fluctuations in the yen foreign exchange rate. As of October 1, 2006, the maximum amount of the guarantees was approximately $6.0 million. Since there has been no modification of these loan guarantees subsequent to the Company’s adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indebtedness of Others,” Starbucks has applied the disclosure provisions only and has not recorded the guarantees on its balance sheet.
 
PRODUCT WARRANTIES
 
Coffee brewing and espresso equipment sold to customers through Company-operated and licensed retail stores, as well as equipment sold to the Company’s licensees for use in retail licensing operations, are under warranty for defects in materials and workmanship for a period ranging from 12 to 24 months. Effective fiscal 2006, the Company elected to discontinue repairing brewing machines and instead offer an exchange to customers as a general right of return for any of its products. As a result, Starbucks maintains a sales return allowance based on historical patterns to reduce related revenues for estimated future product returns. Prior to fiscal 2006, the Company established an accrual for estimated warranty costs at the time of sale, also based on historical experience. Product warranty costs and changes to the related accrual were not significant for the periods ended October 1, 2006 and October 2, 2005.
 
COMMODITY PRICES, AVAILABILITY AND GENERAL RISK CONDITIONS
 
The Company manages its exposure to various risks within the consolidated financial statements according to an umbrella risk management policy. Under this policy, market-based risks, including commodity costs and foreign currency exchange rates, are quantified and evaluated for potential mitigation strategies, such as entering into hedging transactions. Additionally, this policy restricts, among other things, the amount of market-based risk the Company will tolerate before implementing approved hedging strategies and prohibits speculative trading activity.
 
The Company purchases significant amounts of coffee and dairy products to support the needs of its Company-operated retail stores. The price and availability of these commodities directly impacts the Company’s results of operations and can be expected to impact its future results of operations. For additional details see “Product Supply” in Item 1, as well as “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Form 10-K.
 
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
 
The Company is exposed to market risk related to foreign currency exchange rates, equity security prices and changes in interest rates.
 
FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RISK
 
The majority of the Company’s revenue, expense and capital purchasing activities are transacted in U.S. dollars. However, because a portion of the Company’s operations consists of activities outside of the United States, the Company has transactions in other currencies, primarily the Canadian dollar, British pound sterling, euro and Japanese yen. Under the Company’s umbrella risk management policy, the Company frequently evaluates its foreign currency exchange risk by monitoring market data and external factors that may influence exchange rate fluctuations. As a result, Starbucks may engage in transactions involving various derivative instruments, with maturities generally not exceeding five years, to hedge assets, liabilities, revenues and purchases denominated in foreign currencies.
 
As of October 1, 2006, the Company had forward foreign exchange contracts that qualify as cash flow hedges under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” to hedge a portion of anticipated international revenue and product purchases. In addition, Starbucks had forward foreign exchange contracts that qualify as hedges of its net investment in Starbucks Japan, an equity method investment, as well as the Company’s net investments in its Canadian and U.K. subsidiaries. These contracts expire within 33 months.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 33


Table of Contents

Based on the foreign exchange contracts outstanding as of October 1, 2006, a 10% devaluation of the U.S. dollar as compared to the level of foreign exchange rates for currencies under contract as of October 1, 2006, would result in a reduced fair value of these derivative financial instruments of approximately $44 million, of which $22 million may reduce the Company’s future earnings. Conversely, a 10% appreciation of the U.S. dollar would result in an increase in the fair value of these instruments of approximately $38 million, of which $20 million may increase the Company’s future earnings. Consistent with the nature of the economic hedges provided by these foreign exchange contracts, increases or decreases in their fair value would be mostly offset by corresponding decreases or increases in the dollar value of the Company’s foreign investment, future foreign currency royalty fee payments and product purchases that would occur within the hedging period.
 
EQUITY SECURITY PRICE RISK
 
The Company has minimal exposure to price fluctuations on equity mutual funds within its trading portfolio. The trading securities approximate a portion of the Company’s liability under the Management Deferred Compensation Plan (“MDCP”). A corresponding liability is included in “Accrued compensation and related costs” on the consolidated balance sheets. These investments are recorded at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recognized in “Interest and other income, net” in the consolidated statements of earnings. The offsetting changes in the MDCP liability are recorded in “General and administrative expenses.”
 
INTEREST RATE RISK
 
The Company’s available-for-sale securities comprise a diversified portfolio consisting mainly of fixed income instruments. The primary objectives of these investments are to preserve capital and liquidity. Available-for-sale securities are investment grade and are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income.” The Company does not hedge the interest rate exposure on its available-for-sale securities. The Company performed a sensitivity analysis based on a 10% change in the underlying interest rate of its interest bearing financial instruments, including its short-term borrowings and long-term debt, as of the end of fiscal 2006, and determined that such a change would not have a significant effect on the fair value of these instruments.
 
SEASONALITY AND QUARTERLY RESULTS
 
The Company’s business is subject to seasonal fluctuations. Significant portions of the Company’s net revenues and profits are realized during the first quarter of the Company’s fiscal year, which includes the holiday season. In addition, quarterly results are affected by the timing of the opening of new stores, and the Company’s rapid growth may conceal the impact of other seasonal influences. Because of the seasonality of the Company’s business, results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for the full fiscal year.
 
APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Critical accounting policies are those that management believes are both most important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results, and require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Judgments and uncertainties affecting the application of those policies may result in materially different amounts being reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.
 
Starbucks considers its policies on impairment of long-lived assets, accounting for self insurance reserves, stock-based compensation and accounting for operating leases to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing its consolidated financial statements.
 
34 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS
 
When facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying values of long-lived assets may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability is performed by comparing the carrying values of the assets to projected future cash flows, in addition to other quantitative and qualitative analyses. For goodwill and other intangible assets, impairment tests are performed annually and more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate goodwill carrying values exceed estimated reporting unit fair values and if indefinite useful lives are no longer appropriate for the Company’s trademarks. Upon indication that the carrying values of such assets may not be recoverable, the Company recognizes an impairment loss as a charge against current operations. Property, plant and equipment assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows when assessing impairment. Cash flows for retail assets are identified at the individual store level. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value, less estimated costs to sell. Judgments made by the Company related to the expected useful lives of long-lived assets and the ability of the Company to realize undiscounted cash flows in excess of the carrying amounts of such assets are affected by factors such as the ongoing maintenance and improvements of the assets, changes in economic conditions and changes in operating performance. As the Company assesses the ongoing expected cash flows and carrying amounts of its long-lived assets, these factors could cause the Company to realize material impairment charges.
 
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
Starbucks accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123R. The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions. These assumptions include estimating the length of time employees will retain their stock options before exercising them (“expected term”), the estimated volatility of the Company’s common stock price over the expected term and the number of options that will ultimately not complete their vesting requirements (“forfeitures”). Changes in the subjective assumptions can materially affect the estimate of fair value of stock-based compensation and consequently, the related amount recognized on the consolidated statements of earnings.
 
OPERATING LEASES
 
Starbucks leases retail stores, roasting and distribution facilities and office space under operating leases. The Company provides for an estimate of asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) expense at the lease inception date for operating leases with requirements to remove leasehold improvements at the end of the lease term. Estimating AROs involves subjective assumptions regarding both the amount and timing of actual future retirement costs. Future actual costs could differ significantly from amounts initially estimated. In addition, the large number of operating leases, and the significant number of international markets in which the Company has operating leases, adds administrative complexity to the calculation of ARO expense as well as to the other technical accounting requirements of operating leases such as contingent rent.
 
SELF INSURANCE RESERVES
 
The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance mechanisms, including a wholly owned captive insurance entity and participation in a reinsurance pool, to provide for the potential liabilities for workers’ compensation, healthcare benefits, general liability, property insurance, director and officers’ liability insurance and vehicle liability. Liabilities associated with the risks that are retained by the Company are not discounted and are estimated, in part, by considering historical claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. The estimated accruals for these liabilities, portions of which are calculated by third party actuarial firms, could be significantly affected if future occurrences and claims differ from these assumptions and historical trends.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” which seeks to reduce the diversity in practice associated with the accounting
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 35


Table of Contents

and reporting for uncertainty in income tax positions. This Interpretation prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 and the Company will adopt the new requirements in its fiscal first quarter of 2008. The cumulative effects, if any, of adopting FIN 48 will be recorded as an adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The Company has not yet determined the impact, if any, of adopting FIN 48 on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. Starbucks must adopt these new requirements no later than its first fiscal quarter of 2009. Starbucks has not yet determined the effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, if any, upon adoption of SFAS 157, or if it will adopt the requirements prior to the first fiscal quarter of 2009.
 
In September 2006, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB 108”). The intent of SAB 108 is to reduce diversity in practice for the method companies use to quantify financial statement misstatements, including the effect of prior year uncorrected errors. SAB 108 establishes an approach that requires quantification of financial statement errors using both an income statement and a cumulative balance sheet approach. SAB 108 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2006, and the Company will adopt the new requirements in fiscal 2008. The adoption of SAB 108 is not currently expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Commodity Prices, Availability and General Risk Conditions” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Risk Management” in Item 7 of this Report.
 
36 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
In thousands, except earnings per share
 
                         
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005     Oct 3, 2004  
 
 
Net revenues:
                       
Company-operated retail
  $ 6,583,098     $ 5,391,927     $ 4,457,378  
Specialty:
                       
Licensing
    860,676       673,015       565,798  
Foodservice and other
    343,168       304,358       271,071  
     
     
Total specialty
    1,203,844       977,373       836,869  
     
     
Total net revenues
    7,786,942       6,369,300       5,294,247  
             
Cost of sales including occupancy costs
    3,178,791       2,605,212       2,191,440  
Store operating expenses
    2,687,815       2,165,911       1,790,168  
Other operating expenses
    260,087       197,024       171,648  
Depreciation and amortization expenses
    387,211       340,169       289,182  
General and administrative expenses
    473,023       357,114       304,293  
     
     
Subtotal operating expenses
    6,986,927       5,665,430       4,746,731  
             
Income from equity investees
    93,937       76,648       58,978  
     
     
Operating income
    893,952       780,518       606,494  
Interest and other income, net
    12,291       15,829       14,140  
     
     
Earnings before income taxes
    906,243       796,347       620,634  
Income taxes
    324,770       301,977       231,754  
     
     
Earnings before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    581,473       494,370       388,880  
Cumulative effect of accounting change for FIN 47, net of taxes
    17,214              
     
     
Net earnings
  $ 564,259     $ 494,370     $ 388,880  
     
     
Per common share:
                       
Earnings before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle — basic
  $ 0.76     $ 0.63     $ 0.49  
Cumulative effect of accounting change for FIN 47, net of taxes
    0.02              
     
     
Net earnings — basic
  $ 0.74     $ 0.63     $ 0.49  
     
     
Earnings before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle — diluted
  $ 0.73     $ 0.61     $ 0.47  
Cumulative effect of accounting change for FIN 47, net of taxes
    0.02              
     
     
Net earnings — diluted
  $ 0.71     $ 0.61     $ 0.47  
     
     
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    766,114       789,570       794,347  
Diluted
    792,556       815,417       822,930  
 
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 37


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
In thousands, except share data
 
                 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005  
 
 
ASSETS
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 312,606     $ 173,809  
Short-term investments — available-for-sale securities
    87,542       95,379  
Short-term investments — trading securities
    53,496       37,848  
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $3,827 and $3,079, respectively
    224,271       190,762  
Inventories
    636,222       546,299  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    126,874       94,429  
Deferred income taxes, net
    88,777       70,808  
     
     
Total current assets
    1,529,788       1,209,334  
Long-term investments — available-for-sale securities
    5,811       60,475  
Equity and other investments
    219,093       201,089  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    2,287,899       1,842,019  
Other assets
    186,917       72,893  
Other intangible assets
    37,955       35,409  
Goodwill
    161,478       92,474  
     
     
Total assets
  $ 4,428,941     $ 3,513,693  
     
     
         
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 340,937     $ 220,975  
Accrued compensation and related costs
    288,963       232,354  
Accrued occupancy costs
    54,868       44,496  
Accrued taxes
    94,010       78,293  
Short-term borrowings
    700,000       277,000  
Other accrued expenses
    224,154       198,082  
Deferred revenue
    231,926       175,048  
Current portion of long-term debt
    762       748  
     
     
Total current liabilities
    1,935,620       1,226,996  
Long-term debt
    1,958       2,870  
Other long-term liabilities
    262,857       193,565  
     
     
Total liabilities
    2,200,435       1,423,431  
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Common stock ($0.001 par value) and additional paid-in-capital — authorized, 1,200,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 756,602,071 and 767,442,110 shares, respectively, (includes 3,394,200 common stock units in both periods)
    756       767  
Additional paid-in capital
          90,201  
Other additional paid-in-capital
    39,393       39,393  
Retained earnings
    2,151,084       1,938,987  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    37,273       20,914  
     
     
Total shareholders’ equity
    2,228,506       2,090,262  
     
     
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 4,428,941     $ 3,513,693  
 
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
38 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
In thousands
 
                         
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005     Oct 3, 2004  
 
 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                       
Net earnings
  $ 564,259     $ 494,370     $ 388,880  
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Cumulative effect of accounting change for FIN 47, net of taxes
    17,214              
Depreciation and amortization
    412,625       367,207       314,047  
Provision for impairments and asset disposals
    19,622       19,464       17,948  
Deferred income taxes, net
    (84,324 )     (31,253 )     (3,770 )
Equity in income of investees
    (60,570 )     (49,537 )     (31,707 )
Distributions of income from equity investees
    49,238       30,919       38,328  
Stock-based compensation
    105,664              
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
    1,318       109,978       63,405  
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
    (117,368 )            
Net amortization of premium on securities
    2,013       10,097       11,603  
Cash provided/(used) by changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Inventories
    (85,527 )     (121,618 )     (77,662 )
Accounts payable
    104,966       9,717       27,948  
Accrued compensation and related costs
    54,424       22,711       54,929  
Accrued taxes
    132,725       14,435       7,677  
Deferred revenue
    56,547       53,276       47,590  
Other operating assets and liabilities
    (41,193 )     (6,851 )     3,702  
     
     
Net cash provided by operating activities
    1,131,633       922,915       862,918  
             
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                       
Purchase of available-for-sale securities
    (639,192 )     (643,488 )     (887,969 )
Maturity of available-for-sale securities
    269,134       469,554       170,789  
Sale of available-for-sale securities
    431,181       626,113       452,467  
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (91,734 )     (21,583 )     (7,515 )
Net purchases of equity, other investments and other assets
    (39,199 )     (7,915 )     (64,747 )
Net additions to property, plant and equipment
    (771,230 )     (643,296 )     (416,917 )
     
     
Net cash used by investing activities
    (841,040 )     (220,615 )     (753,892 )
             
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                       
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    159,249       163,555       137,590  
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
    117,368              
Net borrowings under revolving credit facility
    423,000       277,000        
Principal payments on long-term debt
    (898 )     (735 )     (722 )
Repurchase of common stock
    (854,045 )     (1,113,647 )     (203,413 )
     
     
Net cash used by financing activities
    (155,326 )     (673,827 )     (66,545 )
             
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    3,530       283       3,110  
     
     
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    138,797       28,756       45,591  
             
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
                       
Beginning of period
    173,809       145,053       99,462  
     
     
End of period
  $ 312,606     $ 173,809     $ 145,053  
     
     
             
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
                       
Cash paid during the year for:
                       
Interest
  $ 10,576     $ 1,060     $ 370  
Income taxes
  $ 274,134     $ 227,812     $ 172,759  
 
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 39


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
In thousands, except share data
 
                                                         
                      Other
          Accumulated
       
                Additional
    Additional
          Other
       
    COMMON STOCK     Paid-in
    Paid-in
    Retained
    Comprehensive
       
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Capital     Earnings     Income/(Loss)     Total  
 
 
Balance, September 28, 2003
    787,385,072     $ 787     $ 958,316     $ 39,393     $ 1,055,737     $ 14,274     $ 2,068,507  
Net earnings
                            388,880             388,880  
Unrealized holding losses, net
                                  (4,925 )     (4,925 )
Translation adjustment
                                  19,892       19,892  
                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                                    403,847  
                                                         
Exercise of stock options, including tax benefit of $62,415
    15,416,982       16       172,016                         172,032  
Sale of common stock, including tax benefit of $990
    1,968,144       2       28,961                         28,963  
Repurchase of common stock
    (9,958,510 )     (10 )     (203,403 )                       (203,413 )
     
     
Balance, October 3, 2004
    794,811,688     $ 795     $ 955,890     $ 39,393     $ 1,444,617     $ 29,241     $ 2,469,936  
Net earnings
                            494,370             494,370  
Unrealized holding gains, net
                                  350       350  
Translation adjustment, net of tax
                                  (8,677 )     (8,677 )
                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                                    486,043  
                                                         
Exercise of stock options, including tax benefit of $108,428
    16,169,992       16       239,012                         239,028  
Sale of common stock, including tax benefit of $1,550
    1,563,964       1       34,504                         34,505  
Repurchase of common stock
    (45,103,534 )     (45 )     (1,139,205 )                       (1,139,250 )
     
     
Balance, October 2, 2005
    767,442,110     $ 767     $ 90,201     $ 39,393     $ 1,938,987     $ 20,914     $ 2,090,262  
Net earnings
                            564,259             564,259  
Unrealized holding gains, net
                                  1,767       1,767  
Translation adjustment, net of tax
                                  14,592       14,592  
                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                                    580,618  
                                                         
Stock-based compensation expense
                107,738                         107,738  
Exercise of stock options, including tax benefit of $116,762
    13,222,729       13       235,272                         235,285  
Sale of common stock, including tax benefit of $1,924
    1,544,634       2       42,649                         42,651  
Repurchase of common stock
    (25,607,402 )     (26 )     (475,860 )           (352,162 )           (828,048 )
     
     
Balance, October 1, 2006
    756,602,071     $ 756     $     $ 39,393     $ 2,151,084     $ 37,273     $ 2,228,506  
 
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
40 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Fiscal years ended October 1, 2006, October 2, 2005, and October 3, 2004
 
Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Description of Business
 
Starbucks Corporation (together with its subsidiaries, “Starbucks” or the “Company”) purchases and roasts high-quality whole bean coffees and sells them, along with fresh, rich-brewed coffees, Italian-style espresso beverages, cold blended beverages, a variety of complementary food items, coffee-related accessories and equipment, a selection of premium teas and a line of compact discs, primarily through its Company-operated retail stores. Starbucks also sells coffee and tea products and licenses its trademark through other channels and, through certain of its equity investees, Starbucks produces and sells ready-to-drink beverages which include, among others, bottled Frappuccino ® coffee drinks and Starbucks DoubleShot ® espresso drinks, and a line of superpremium ice creams. All channels outside the Company-operated retail stores are collectively known as “Specialty Operations.” The Company’s objective is to establish Starbucks as one of the most recognized and respected brands in the world. To achieve this goal, the Company plans to continue rapid expansion of its retail operations, to grow its Specialty Operations and to selectively pursue other opportunities to leverage the Starbucks brand through the introduction of new products and the development of new channels of distribution. The Company’s brand portfolio includes superpremium Tazo ® teas, Starbucks Hear Music ® compact discs, Seattle’s Best Coffee ® and Torrefazione Italia ® coffee.
 
Principles of Consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements reflect the financial position and operating results of Starbucks, which include wholly owned subsidiaries and investees controlled by the Company.
 
Investments in entities that the Company does not control, but has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies, are accounted for under the equity method. Investments in entities in which Starbucks does not have the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under the cost method.
 
All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated.
 
Fiscal Year End
 
Starbucks Corporation’s fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to September 30. The fiscal years ended on October 1, 2006 and October 2, 2005, included 52 weeks. The fiscal year ended October 3, 2004, included 53 weeks, with the 53rd week falling in the fiscal fourth quarter.
 
Reclassifications
 
Certain reclassifications of prior year’s balances have been made to conform to the current format.
 
Estimates and Assumptions
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances with financial institutions that exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses related to these balances, and management believes its credit risk to be minimal.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 41


Table of Contents

Cash Management
 
The Company’s cash management system provides for the reimbursement of all major bank disbursement accounts on a daily basis. Checks issued but not presented for payment to the bank are reflected as a reduction of cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated financial statements.
 
Short-term and Long-term Investments
 
The Company’s short-term and long-term investments consist primarily of investment-grade marketable debt securities as well as bond and equity mutual funds, all of which are classified as trading or available-for-sale. Trading securities are recorded at fair value with unrealized holding gains and losses included in net earnings. Available-for-sale securities are recorded at fair value, and unrealized holding gains and losses are recorded, net of tax, as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Available-for-sale securities with remaining maturities of less than one year and those identified by management at time of purchase for funding operations in less than one year are classified as short-term, and all other available-for-sale securities are classified as long-term. Unrealized losses are charged against net earnings when a decline in fair value is determined to be other than temporary. Management reviews several factors to determine whether a loss is other than temporary, such as the length of time a security is in an unrealized loss position, the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, the impact of changing interest rates in the short and long term, the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer and the Company’s intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. Realized gains and losses are accounted for on the specific identification method. Purchases and sales are recorded on a trade date basis.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value because of the short-term maturity of those instruments. The fair value of the Company’s investments in marketable debt and equity securities, as well as bond and equity mutual funds, is based upon the quoted market price on the last business day of the fiscal year. For equity securities of companies that are privately held, or where an observable quoted market price does not exist, the Company estimates fair value using a variety of valuation methodologies. Such methodologies include comparing the security with securities of publicly traded companies in similar lines of business, applying revenue multiples to estimated future operating results for the private company and estimating discounted cash flows for that company. Declines in fair value below the Company’s carrying value deemed to be other than temporary are charged against net earnings. For further information on investments, see Notes 4 and 7. The carrying value of short-term and long-term debt approximates fair value.
 
Derivative Instruments
 
The Company manages its exposure to various risks within the consolidated financial statements according to an umbrella risk management policy. Under this policy, Starbucks may engage in transactions involving various derivative instruments, with maturities generally not longer than five years, to hedge assets, liabilities, revenues and purchases.
 
The Company follows SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended and interpreted, which requires that all derivatives be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. For a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the derivative’s gain or loss is initially reported as a component of other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and subsequently reclassified into net earnings when the hedged exposure affects net earnings. For a net investment hedge, the effective portion of the derivative’s gain or loss is reported as a component of OCI.
 
Cash flow hedges related to anticipated transactions are designated and documented at the inception of each hedge by matching the terms of the contract to the underlying transaction. The Company classifies the cash flows from hedging transactions in the same categories as the cash flows from the respective hedged items. Once established, cash flow hedges are generally not removed until maturity unless an anticipated transaction is no longer likely to occur. Discontinued or derecognized cash flow hedges are immediately settled with counterparties, and the related accumulated derivative gains or losses are recognized into net earnings in “Interest and other income, net” on the consolidated statements of earnings.
 
42 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

Forward contract effectiveness for cash flow hedges is calculated by comparing the fair value of the contract to the change in value of the anticipated transaction using forward rates on a monthly basis. For net investment hedges, the spot-to-spot method is used to calculate effectiveness. Under this method, the change in fair value of the forward contract attributable to the changes in spot exchange rates (the effective portion) is reported as a component of OCI. The remaining change in fair value of the forward contract (the ineffective portion) is reclassified into net earnings. Any ineffectiveness is recognized immediately in “Interest and other income, net” on the consolidated statements of earnings.
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts is calculated based on historical experience, customer credit risk and application of the specific identification method.
 
Inventories
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (primarily moving average cost) or market. The Company records inventory reserves for obsolete and slow-moving items and for estimated shrinkage between physical inventory counts. Inventory reserves are based on inventory turnover trends, historical experience and application of the specific identification method. As of October 1, 2006 and October 2, 2005, inventory reserves were $10.5 million and $8.3 million, respectively.
 
Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, which includes assets under capital leases, is provided on the straight-line method over estimated useful lives, generally ranging from two to seven years for equipment and 30 to 40 years for buildings. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the related lease life, generally 10 years. For leases with renewal periods at the Company’s option, Starbucks generally uses the original lease term, excluding renewal option periods to determine estimated useful lives. If failure to exercise a renewal option imposes an economic penalty to Starbucks, management may determine at the inception of the lease that renewal is reasonably assured and include the renewal option period in the determination of appropriate estimated useful lives. The portion of depreciation expense related to production and distribution facilities is included in “Cost of sales including occupancy costs” on the consolidated statements of earnings. The costs of repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred, while expenditures for refurbishments and improvements that significantly add to the productive capacity or extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized. When assets are retired or sold, the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated with any remaining gain or loss reflected in net earnings.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets are tested for impairment annually in June and more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate goodwill carrying values exceed estimated reporting unit fair values and if indefinite useful lives are no longer appropriate for the Company’s trademarks. Based on the impairment tests performed, there was no impairment of goodwill in fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004. Definite-lived intangibles, which mainly consist of contract-based patents and copyrights, are amortized over their estimated useful lives. For further information on goodwill and other intangible assets, see Note 9.
 
Long-lived Assets
 
When facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying values of long-lived assets may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability is performed by comparing the carrying values of the assets to projected future cash flows in addition to other quantitative and qualitative analyses. Upon indication that the carrying values of such assets may not be recoverable, the Company recognizes an impairment loss by a charge against current operations. Property, plant and equipment assets
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 43


Table of Contents

are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows when assessing impairment. Cash flows for retail assets are identified at the individual store level.
 
The Company recognized net impairment and disposition losses of $19.6 million, $19.5 million and $17.9 million in fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, primarily from renovation and remodeling activity and, to a lesser extent, from underperforming Company-operated retail stores, in the normal course of business. Depending on the underlying asset that is impaired, these losses may be recorded in any one of the operating expense lines on the consolidated statements of earnings: for retail operations, these losses are recorded in “Store operating expenses”; for Specialty Operations, these losses are recorded in “Other operating expenses”; and for all other operations, these losses are recorded in either “Cost of sales including occupancy costs” or “General and administrative expenses.”
 
Insurance Reserves
 
The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance mechanisms, including a wholly owned captive insurance entity and participation in a reinsurance pool, to provide for the potential liabilities for workers’ compensation, healthcare benefits, general liability, property insurance, director and officers’ liability insurance and vehicle liability. Liabilities associated with the risks that are retained by the Company are not discounted and are estimated, in part, by considering historical claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. The estimated accruals for these liabilities, portions of which are calculated by third party actuarial firms, could be significantly affected if future occurrences and claims differ from these assumptions and historical trends. As of October 1, 2006, and October 2, 2005, these reserves were $113.2 million and $91.6 million, respectively, and were included in “Accrued compensation and related costs” and “Other accrued expenses” on the consolidated balance sheets.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Consolidated revenues are presented net of intercompany eliminations for wholly owned subsidiaries and investees controlled by the Company and for licensees accounted for under the equity method, based on the Company’s percentage ownership. Additionally, consolidated revenues are recognized net of any discounts, returns, allowances and sales incentives, including coupon redemptions and rebates.
 
Stored Value Cards
 
Revenues from the Company’s stored value cards, such as the Starbucks Card, are recognized when tendered for payment, or upon redemption. Outstanding customer balances are included in “Deferred revenue” on the consolidated balance sheets. There are no expiration dates on the Company’s stored value cards, and Starbucks does not charge any service fees that cause a decrement to customer balances.
 
While the Company will continue to honor all stored value cards presented for payment, management may determine the likelihood of redemption to be remote for certain card balances due to, among other things, long periods of inactivity. In these circumstances, to the extent management determines there is no requirement for remitting card balances to government agencies under unclaimed property laws, card balances may be recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings in “Income and other income, net.” For the fiscal year ended October 1, 2006, income recognized on unredeemed stored value card balances was $4.4 million. There was no income recognized on unredeemed stored value card balances during the fiscal years ended October 2, 2005 or October 3, 2004.
 
Retail Revenues
 
Company-operated retail store revenues are recognized when payment is tendered at the point of sale. Starbucks maintains a sales return allowance, based on historical patterns, to reduce retail revenues for estimated future product returns, including defective brewing equipment, related to sales in the normal course of business. Retail store revenues are reported net of sales, use or other transaction taxes that are collected from customers and remitted to taxing authorities.
 
44 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

Specialty Revenues
 
Specialty revenues consist primarily of product sales to customers other than through Company-operated retail stores, as well as royalties and other fees generated from licensing operations. Sales of coffee, tea and related products are generally recognized upon shipment to customers, depending on contract terms. Shipping charges billed to customers are also recognized as revenue, and the related shipping costs are included in “Cost of sales including occupancy costs” on the consolidated statements of earnings.
 
Specific to retail store licensing arrangements, initial nonrefundable development fees are recognized upon substantial performance of services for new market business development activities, such as initial business, real estate and store development planning, as well as providing operational materials and functional training courses for opening new licensed retail markets. Additional store licensing fees are recognized when new licensed stores are opened. Royalty revenues based upon a percentage of reported sales and other continuing fees, such as marketing and service fees, are recognized on a monthly basis when earned. For certain licensing arrangements, where the Company intends to acquire an ownership interest, the initial nonrefundable development fees are deferred to “Other long-term liabilities” until acquisition, at which point the fees are reflected as a reduction of the Company’s investment.
 
Other arrangements involving multiple elements and deliverables as well as upfront fees are individually evaluated for revenue recognition. Cash payments received in advance of product or service delivery are recorded as deferred revenue.
 
Advertising
 
The Company expenses most advertising costs as they are incurred, except for certain production costs that are expensed the first time the advertising campaign takes place and direct-response advertising, which is capitalized and amortized over its expected period of future benefits. Direct-response advertising consists primarily of customer acquisition expenses including applications for customers to apply for the Starbucks Card Duetto tm Visa ® . These capitalized costs are amortized over the life of the credit card which is estimated to be three years.
 
Total advertising expenses, recorded in “Store operating expenses,” “Other operating expenses” and “General and administrative expenses” on the consolidated statements of earnings, totaled $95.4 million, $87.7 million and $67.2 million in fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. As of October 1, 2006, and October 2, 2005, $19.2 million and $11.8 million, respectively, of capitalized advertising costs were recorded in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” on the consolidated balance sheets.
 
Store Preopening Expenses
 
Costs incurred in connection with the start-up and promotion of new store openings are expensed as incurred.
 
Operating Leases
 
Starbucks leases retail stores, roasting and distribution facilities and office space under operating leases. Most lease agreements contain tenant improvement allowances, rent holidays, lease premiums, rent escalation clauses and/or contingent rent provisions. For purposes of recognizing incentives, premiums and minimum rental expenses on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases, the Company uses the date of initial possession to begin amortization, which is generally when the Company enters the space and begins to make improvements in preparation of intended use.
 
For tenant improvement allowances and rent holidays, the Company records a deferred rent liability in “Accrued occupancy costs” and “Other long-term liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheets and amortizes the deferred rent over the terms of the leases as reductions to rent expense on the consolidated statements of earnings.
 
For premiums paid upfront to enter a lease agreement, the Company records a deferred rent asset in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” and “Other assets” on the consolidated balance sheets and then amortizes the deferred rent over the terms of the leases as additional rent expense on the consolidated statements of earnings.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 45


Table of Contents

For scheduled rent escalation clauses during the lease terms or for rental payments commencing at a date other than the date of initial occupancy, the Company records minimum rental expenses on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases on the consolidated statements of earnings.
 
Certain leases provide for contingent rents, which are determined as a percentage of gross sales in excess of specified levels. The Company records a contingent rent liability in “Accrued occupancy costs” on the consolidated balance sheets and the corresponding rent expense when specified levels have been achieved or when management determines that achieving the specified levels during the fiscal year is probable.
 
Asset Retirement Obligations — Change in Accounting Principle
 
On October 1, 2006, Starbucks adopted FASB Interpretation No. 47 (“FIN 47”), “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143,” which requires the recognition of a liability for the fair value of a legally required conditional asset retirement obligation when incurred, if the liability’s fair value can be reasonably estimated. The Company’s asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) liabilities are primarily associated with the disposal of leasehold improvements which, at the end of a lease, the Company may be contractually obligated to remove in order to restore the facility back to a condition specified in the lease agreement. The Company estimates the fair value of these liabilities based on current store closing costs, accretes that current cost forward to the date of estimated ARO removal, and discounts the future cost back as if it were performed at the inception of the lease. At the inception of such a lease, the Company records the ARO liability and also records a related capital asset in an amount equal to the estimated fair value of the liability. The ARO liability is accreted to its future value, with the accretion expense recognized as operating expense. The capitalized asset is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the asset, which generally mirrors the life of the leasehold improvement. Upon ARO removal, any difference between the actual retirement costs incurred and the recorded estimated ARO liability is recognized as an operating gain or loss in the consolidated statement of earnings. In future periods, the Company may make adjustments to the ARO liability as a result of the availability of new information, changes in labor costs and other factors. The estimate of the ARO liability is based on a number of assumptions requiring management’s judgment, including store closing costs, cost inflation rates and discount rates.
 
The initial impact of adopting FIN 47 resulted in a charge of $27.1 million, with a related tax benefit of $9.9 million, for a net expense of $17.2 million, or $0.02 per diluted share. The net amount was recorded as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle on the consolidated statement of earnings. FIN 47 requires that the cumulative approach to adoption be used rather than retrospectively revising prior year financial statements. The adoption increased “Property, plant and equipment, net,” by $15.5 million, increased “Other long-term liabilities” for AROs by $34.2 million, increased “Other assets” for deferred tax assets by $6.8 million, and decreased “Equity and other investments” by $5.3 million. The following table presents, on a pro forma basis, what the ARO liability would have been had FIN 47 been in effect during fiscal 2005 and 2004. These pro forma amounts are estimated based upon the information, assumptions and interest rates used to measure the ARO liability recognized upon adoption of FIN 47 as of October 1, 2006 ( in millions ):
 
         
 
 
Pro forma ARO liability, October 2, 2005
  $ 29.2  
Pro forma ARO liability, October 3, 2004
    25.2  
Pro forma ARO liability, September 28, 2003
    20.9  
 
 
 
Stock-based Compensation — Change in Accounting Principle
 
The Company maintains several equity incentive plans under which it may grant non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, restricted stock or stock appreciation rights to employees, non-employee directors and consultants. The Company also has employee stock purchase plans (“ESPP”).
 
Prior to the October 3, 2005 adoption of the SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”), Starbucks accounted for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board
 
46 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

(“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations. Accordingly, because the stock option grant price equaled the market price on the date of grant, and any purchase discounts under the Company’s stock purchase plans were within statutory limits, no compensation expense was recognized by the Company for stock-based compensation. As permitted by SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”), stock-based compensation was included as a pro forma disclosure in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Effective October 3, 2005, the beginning of Starbucks first fiscal quarter of 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123R, using the modified-prospective transition method. Under this transition method, stock-based compensation expense was recognized in the consolidated financial statements for granted, modified, or settled stock options and for expense related to the ESPP, since the related purchase discounts exceeded the amount allowed under SFAS 123R for non-compensatory treatment. Compensation expense recognized included the estimated expense for stock options granted on and subsequent to October 3, 2005, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R, and the estimated expense for the portion vesting in the period for options granted prior to, but not vested as of October 3, 2005, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123. Results for prior periods have not been restated, as provided for under the modified-prospective method.
 
Total stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statement of earnings for fiscal 2006 was $105.0 million before income taxes and consisted of stock option and ESPP expense of $94.8 million and $10.2 million, respectively. The related total tax benefit was $36.1 million for fiscal 2006. Capitalized stock-based compensation at October 1, 2006 was $2.1 million, and was included in “Property, plant and equipment, net” and “Inventories” on the consolidated balance sheet.
 
Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, Starbucks presented all tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options as operating cash inflows in the consolidated statements of cash flows, in accordance with the provisions of the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No 00-15, “Classification in the Statement of Cash Flows of the Income Tax Benefit Received by a Company upon Exercise of a Nonqualified Employee Stock Option.” SFAS 123R requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of the tax effect of the compensation cost recognized for those options to be classified as financing cash inflows rather than operating cash inflows, on a prospective basis. This amount is shown as “Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options” on the consolidated statement of cash flows.
 
In November 2005, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 123(R)-3, “Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards” (“FSP 123R-3”). The Company has elected to adopt the alternative transition method provided in FSP 123R-3 for calculating the tax effects of stock-based compensation under SFAS 123R. The alternative transition method includes simplified methods to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in-capital pool (“APIC pool”) related to the tax effects of stock-based compensation, and for determining the subsequent impact on the APIC pool and consolidated statements of cash flows of the tax effects of stock-based compensation awards that are outstanding upon adoption of SFAS 123R.
 
For option grants made in November 2003 and thereafter, the Company may provide for immediate vesting upon retirement for optionees who have attained at least 10 years of service and are age 55 or older. Prior to adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company amortized the expense over the related vesting period with acceleration of expense upon retirement. With the adoption of SFAS 123R, the accounting treatment for retirement features changed. Expense for awards made prior to adoption of SFAS 123R is still amortized over the vesting period until retirement, at which point any remaining unrecognized expense is immediately recognized. For awards made on or after October 3, 2005, the related expense is recognized either from grant date through the date the employee reaches the years of service and age requirements, or from grant date through the stated vesting period, whichever is shorter.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 47


Table of Contents

The following table shows the effect on net earnings and earnings per share had compensation cost been recognized based upon the estimated fair value on the grant date of stock options, and ESPP, in accordance with SFAS 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure” ( in thousands, except earnings per share ):
 
                 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 2, 2005     Oct 3, 2004  
 
 
Net earnings
  $ 494,370     $ 388,880  
Deduct: stock-based compensation expense determined under fair value method, net of tax
    (58,742 )     (45,056 )
     
     
Pro forma net income
  $ 435,628     $ 343,824  
     
     
Earnings per share:
               
Basic — as reported
  $ 0.63     $ 0.49  
Deduct: stock-based compensation expense determined under fair value method, net of tax
    (0.08 )     (0.06 )
     
     
Basic — pro forma
  $ 0.55     $ 0.43  
     
     
Diluted — as reported
  $ 0.61     $ 0.47  
Deduct: stock-based compensation expense determined under fair value method, net of tax
    (0.08 )     (0.05 )
     
     
Diluted — pro forma
  $ 0.53     $ 0.42  
 
 
 
Disclosures for the year ended October 1, 2006 are not presented because the amounts are recognized in the consolidated financial statements.
 
The fair value of stock awards was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton (“BSM”) option valuation model with the following weighted average assumptions for the 52 weeks ended October 1, 2006, October 2, 2005 and 53 weeks ended October 3, 2004:
 
                         
    EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS   ESPP
        2005
  2004
      2005
  2004
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   2006   (Pro Forma)   (Pro Forma)   2006   (Pro Forma)   (Pro Forma)
 
 
Expected term (in years)
  4.4   3.7   3.7   0.25 – 3.0   0.25 – 3.0   0.25 – 3.0
Expected stock price volatility
  29%   33%   42%   22% – 50%   20% – 40%   19% – 43%
Risk-free interest rate
  4.4%   3.5%   2.5%   2.3% – 5.0%   1.9% – 3.5%   0.9% – 2.3%
Expected dividend yield
  0.0%   0.0%   0.0%   0.0%   0.0%   0.0%
Estimated fair value per option granted
  $9.59   $8.10   $5.30   $6.60   $5.05   $3.38
 
 
 
The expected term of the options represents the estimated period of time until exercise and is based on historical experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee behavior. For 2006, expected stock price volatility is based on a combination of historical volatility of the Company’s stock and the one-year implied volatility of its traded options, for the related vesting periods. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, expected stock price volatility was estimated using only historical volatility. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term. The Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not plan to pay any dividends in the near future.
 
The BSM option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options, which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, particularly for the expected term and expected stock price volatility. The Company’s employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate. Because Company stock options do not trade on a secondary exchange, employees do not derive a benefit from holding stock options unless there is an increase, above the grant price, in the market price of the Company’s stock. Such an increase in stock price would benefit all shareholders commensurately. See Note 14 for additional details.
 
48 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Translation
 
The Company’s international operations generally use their local currency as their functional currency. Assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Income and expense accounts are translated at the average monthly exchange rates during the year. Resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income.”
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company computes income taxes using the asset and liability method, under which deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities. The Company establishes, and periodically reviews and re-evaluates, an estimated contingent tax liability to provide for the possibility of unfavorable outcomes in tax matters in accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“SFAS 5”).
 
Earnings per Share
 
The computation of basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of shares and common stock units that were outstanding during the period. The computation of diluted earnings per share includes the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents consisting of certain shares subject to stock options.
 
Common Stock Share Repurchases
 
The Company is allowed to repurchase shares of its common stock under a program authorized by its Board of Directors including pursuant to a contract, instruction or written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Share repurchases are not displayed separately as treasury stock on the consolidated balance sheets or consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity in accordance with the Washington Business Corporation Act. Instead, the par value of repurchased shares is deducted from “Common stock” and the remaining excess repurchase price over par value is deducted from “Additional paid-in capital” and from “Retained earnings,” once additional paid-in capital is depleted. See Note 13 for additional information.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” which seeks to reduce the diversity in practice associated with the accounting and reporting for uncertainty in income tax positions. This Interpretation prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006, and the Company will adopt the new requirements in its fiscal first quarter of 2008. The cumulative effects, if any, of adopting FIN 48 will be recorded as an adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The Company has not yet determined the impact, if any, of adopting FIN 48 on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. Starbucks must adopt these new requirements no later than its first fiscal quarter of 2009. Starbucks has not yet determined the effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, if any, upon adoption of SFAS 157, or if it will adopt the requirements prior to the first fiscal quarter of 2009.
 
In September 2006, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB 108”). The intent of SAB 108 is to reduce diversity in practice for the method companies use to quantify financial statement misstatements, including the effect of prior year uncorrected errors. SAB 108 establishes an approach that requires quantification of
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 49


Table of Contents

financial statement errors using both an income statement and cumulative balance sheet approach. SAB 108 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2006, and the Company will adopt the new requirements in fiscal 2008. The adoption of SAB 108 is not currently expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Note 2: Business Acquisitions
 
In January 2006, Starbucks increased its equity ownership to 100% in its operations in Hawaii and Puerto Rico and applied the consolidation method of accounting from the acquisition date. Previously the Company owned 5% of both Coffee Partners Hawaii and Café del Caribe in Puerto Rico. Because Coffee Partners Hawaii was a general partnership, the equity method of accounting was previously applied. Retroactive application of the equity method of accounting for the Puerto Rico investment, which was previously accounted for under the cost method, resulted in a reduction of retained earnings of $0.5 million as of April 2, 2006. Previously reported earnings per share amounts were not impacted as a result of this acquisition.
 
As shown in the tables below, the cumulative effect of the accounting change for financial results previously reported under the cost method and as restated in this report under the equity method reduced net earnings by $97 thousand for the fiscal year ended October 2, 2005 and $93 thousand for the fiscal year ended October 2, 2004 ( in thousands):
 
                 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 2, 2005     Oct 3, 2004  
 
 
Net earnings, as previously reported
  $ 494,467     $ 388,973  
Effect of change to equity method
    (97 )     (93 )
 
 
Net earnings, as restated for Puerto Rico acquisition
  $ 494,370     $ 388,880  
 
 
 
Note 3: Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents consist of the following (in thousands) :
 
                 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005  
 
 
Operating funds and interest bearing deposits
  $ 84,943     $ 62,221  
Money market funds
    227,663       111,588  
 
 
Total
  $ 312,606     $ 173,809  
 
 
 
Note 4: Short-term and Long-term Investments
 
The Company’s short-term and long-term investments consist of the following (in thousands) :
 
                           
        Gross
  Gross
     
        Unrealized
  Unrealized
     
    Amortized
  Holding
  Holding
    Fair
OCTOBER 1, 2006   Cost   Gains   Losses     Value
 
 
Short-term investments — available-for-sale securities:
                         
State and local government obligations
  $ 75,379   $ 9   $ (332 )   $ 75,056
U.S. government agency obligations
    10,000               10,000
Corporate debt securities
    2,488         (2 )     2,486
     
     
Total
    87,867   $ 9   $ (334 )     87,542
     
     
Short-term investments — trading securities
    55,265                   53,496
                           
Total short-term investments
  $ 143,132                 $ 141,038
 
 
Long-term investments — available-for-sale securities:
                         
State and local government obligations
  $ 5,893   $  —   $ (82 )   $ 5,811
 
 
 
50 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

                           
        Gross
  Gross
     
        Unrealized
  Unrealized
     
    Amortized
  Holding
  Holding
    Fair
OCTOBER 2, 2005   Cost   Gains   Losses     Value
 
 
Short-term investments — available-for-sale securities:
                         
State and local government obligations
  $ 47,960   $ 1   $ (179 )   $ 47,782
Mutual funds
    25,000     34           25,034
U.S. government agency obligations
    11,327         (21 )     11,306
Corporate debt securities
    4,000               4,000
Asset-backed securities
    7,373         (116 )     7,257
     
     
Total
    95,660   $ 35   $ (316 )     95,379
     
     
Short-term investments — trading securities
    35,376                   37,848
                           
Total short-term investments
  $ 131,036                 $ 133,227
 
 
Long-term investments — available-for-sale securities:
                         
State and local government obligations
  $ 61,236   $ 7   $ (768 )   $ 60,475
 
 
 
For available-for-sale securities, proceeds from sales were $431 million, $626 million and $452 million, in fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Gross realized gains from sales were $3.8 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million in fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Gross realized losses from sales were $0.1 million, $1.7 million and $0.4 million in fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
The following tables present the length of time available-for-sale securities were in continuous unrealized loss positions but were not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired (in thousands) :
 
                             
        GREATER THAN OR
CONSECUTIVE MONTHLY UNREALIZED LOSSES   LESS THAN 12 MONTHS   EQUAL TO 12 MONTHS
    Gross
        Gross
     
    Unrealized
        Unrealized
     
    Holding
    Fair
  Holding
    Fair
OCTOBER 1, 2006   Losses     Value   Losses     Value
 
 
State and local government obligations
  $  —     $   $ (414 )   $ 49,960
Corporate debt securities
    (2 )     2,486          
 
 
Total
  $ (2 )   $ 2,486   $ (414 )   $ 49,960
 
 
 
                             
        GREATER THAN OR
CONSECUTIVE MONTHLY UNREALIZED LOSSES   LESS THAN 12 MONTHS   EQUAL TO 12 MONTHS
    Gross
        Gross
     
    Unrealized
        Unrealized
     
    Holding
    Fair
  Holding
    Fair
OCTOBER 2, 2005   Losses     Value   Losses     Value
 
 
State and local government obligations
  $ (371 )   $ 49,527   $ (576 )   $ 43,699
U.S. government agency obligations
    (21 )     11,306          
Asset-backed securities
    (34 )     3,467     (82 )     3,790
 
 
Total
  $ (426 )   $ 64,300   $ (658 )   $ 47,489
 
 
 
Gross unrealized holding losses of $2 thousand for less than twelve months and $0.4 million for greater than or equal to twelve months as of October 1, 2006, pertain to 3 and 23 fixed income securities, respectively, and were primarily caused by interest rate increases. Since Starbucks has the ability and intent to hold these securities until a recovery of fair value, which may be at maturity, and because the unrealized losses were primarily due to higher interest rates, the Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 51


Table of Contents

Additional factors related to other-than-temporary impairment considered by management as of October 1, 2006, included the following, by category:
 
State and local government obligations
 
The contractual terms of these securities do not permit the issuer to settle at a price less than the par value of the investment, which is the equivalent of the amount due at maturity. These securities had a minimum credit rating of “A,” and an average credit rating above “AA.”
 
Corporate debt obligations
 
The contractual terms of these securities do not permit the issuer to settle at a price less than the par value of the investment, which is the equivalent of the amount due at maturity. These securities had a minimum and average credit rating of “A.”
 
There were no realized losses recorded for other than temporary impairments during fiscal years 2006, 2005 or 2004.
 
Trading securities are comprised mainly of marketable equity mutual funds that approximate a portion of the Company’s liability under the Management Deferred Compensation Plan, a defined contribution plan. The corresponding deferred compensation liability of $64.6 million in fiscal 2006 and $47.3 million in fiscal 2005 is included in “Accrued compensation and related costs” on the consolidated balance sheets. In fiscal years 2006 and 2005, the changes in net unrealized holding gains/losses in the trading portfolio included in earnings were a net loss of $4.2 million and a net gain of $2.4 million, respectively.
 
Long-term investments generally mature in less than three years.
 
Note 5: Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
Starbucks, which includes subsidiaries that use their local currency as their functional currency, enters into cash flow derivative instruments to hedge portions of anticipated revenue streams and inventory purchases. Current forward contracts, which comprise the majority of the Company’s derivative instruments, hedge monthly forecasted revenue transactions denominated in Japanese yen and Canadian dollars, as well as forecasted inventory purchases denominated primarily in U.S. dollars for foreign operations. The Company also has swap contracts to hedge a small portion of its forecasted U.S. fluid milk purchases and futures contracts to hedge the variable price component for certain of its price-to-be-fixed green coffee purchase contracts.
 
The Company had accumulated net derivative losses of $3.2 million, net of taxes, in other comprehensive income as of October 1, 2006, related to cash flow hedges. Of this amount, $1.8 million of net derivative losses pertain to hedging instruments that will be dedesignated within 12 months and will also continue to experience fair value changes before affecting earnings. For the 52-week period ended October 1, 2006, net fair value losses of $0.1 million were recognized into net earnings for derecognized cash flow hedges. No cash flow hedges were discontinued and no ineffectiveness was recognized during the 52-week period ended October 2, 2005. Current contracts will expire within 24 months.
 
Net Investment Hedges
 
Net investment derivative instruments are used to hedge the Company’s equity method investment in Starbucks Coffee Japan, Ltd. as well as the Company’s net investments in its Canadian and United Kingdom subsidiaries, to minimize foreign currency exposure. The Company applies the spot-to-spot method for these forward foreign exchange contracts, and under this method the change in fair value of the forward contracts attributable to the changes in spot exchange rates (the effective portion) is reported in other comprehensive income. The remaining change in fair value of the forward contract (the ineffective portion) is reclassified into earnings in “Interest and other income, net.” The Company had
 
52 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

accumulated net derivative losses of $3.2 million, net of taxes, in other comprehensive income as of October 1, 2006, related to net investment derivative hedges. Current contracts expire within 33 months.
 
The following table presents the net gains and losses reclassified from other comprehensive income into the consolidated statements of earnings during the periods indicated for cash flow and net investment hedges ( in thousands ):
 
                         
    Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005     Oct 3, 2004  
 
 
Cash flow hedges:
                       
Reclassified gains/(losses) into total net revenues
  $ 1,489     $ (843 )   $ (1,488 )
Reclassified losses into cost of sales
    (7,698 )     (4,535 )     (761 )
     
     
Net reclassified losses — cash flow hedges
    (6,209 )     (5,378 )     (2,249 )
Net reclassified gains — net investment hedges
    3,754       1,058       673  
 
 
Total
  $ (2,455 )   $ (4,320 )   $ (1,576 )
 
 
 
Note 6: Inventories
 
Inventories consist of the following (in thousands) :
 
                 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005  
 
 
Coffee:
               
Unroasted
  $ 328,051     $ 319,745  
Roasted
    80,199       56,231  
Other merchandise held for sale
    146,345       109,094  
Packaging and other supplies
    81,627       61,229  
 
 
Total
  $ 636,222     $ 546,299  
 
 
 
As of October 1, 2006, the Company had committed to fixed-price purchase contracts for green coffee totaling $546 million. The Company believes, based on relationships established with its suppliers in the past, the risk of non-delivery on such purchase commitments is remote. Other merchandise held for sale includes, among other items, brewing equipment, serveware and tea.
 
Note 7: Equity and Other Investments
 
The Company’s equity and other investments consist of the following (in thousands) :
 
                 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005  
 
 
Equity method investments
  $ 205,004     $ 189,876  
Cost method investments
    11,283       8,407  
Other investments
    2,806       2,806  
 
 
Total
  $ 219,093     $ 201,089  
 
 
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 53


Table of Contents

Equity Method
 
The Company’s equity investees and ownership interests are as follows:
 
                 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005  
 
 
The North American Coffee Partnership
    50.0 %     50.0 %
Starbucks Ice Cream Partnership
    50.0       50.0  
Starbucks Coffee Korea Co., Ltd. 
    50.0       50.0  
Starbucks Coffee Austria GmbH
    50.0       50.0  
Starbucks Coffee Switzerland AG
    50.0       50.0  
Starbucks Coffee España, S.L.
    50.0       50.0  
President Starbucks Coffee Taiwan Ltd. 
    50.0       50.0  
Shanghai President Coffee Co. 
    50.0       50.0  
Starbucks Coffee France SAS
    50.0       50.0  
Berjaya Starbucks Coffee Company Sdn. Bhd.
    49.9       49.9  
Starbucks Brasil Comercio de Cafes Ltda. 
    49.0        
Starbucks Coffee Japan, Ltd. 
    40.1       40.1  
Coffee Partners Hawaii  (1)
          5.0  
 
 
 
(1) In January 2006, Starbucks acquired all of the equity interests in this entity. Previously the Company owned 5% of Coffee Partners Hawaii and accounted for it under the equity method of accounting because it was a general partnership. From the date of acquisition, the consolidation method of accounting was applied.
 
The Company has licensed the rights to produce and distribute Starbucks branded products to two partnerships in which the Company holds 50% equity interests. The North American Coffee Partnership with the Pepsi-Cola Company develops and distributes Frappuccino ® bottled beverages and Starbucks DoubleShot ® espresso drinks. The Starbucks Ice Cream Partnership with Dreyer’s Grand Ice Cream, Inc., develops and distributes superpremium ice creams. The remaining entities operate licensed Starbucks retail stores.
 
During fiscal 2004, Starbucks acquired an equity interest in its licensed operations of Malaysia. During fiscal 2003, Starbucks increased its ownership of its licensed operations in Austria, Shanghai, Spain, Switzerland and Taiwan. The carrying amount of these investments was $24.3 million more than the underlying equity in net assets due to acquired goodwill, which is not subject to amortization in accordance with SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Goodwill is evaluated for impairment in accordance with APB Opinion No. 18, “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock.” No impairment was recorded during fiscal years 2006, 2005 or 2004.
 
The Company’s share of income and losses is included in “Income from equity investees” on the consolidated statements of earnings. Also included is the Company’s proportionate share of gross margin resulting from coffee and other product sales to, and royalty and license fee revenues generated from equity investees. Revenues generated from these related parties, net of eliminations, were $94.2 million, $86.1 million and $80.7 million in fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Related costs of sales, net of eliminations, were $47.5 million, $43.3 million and $41.2 million in fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. As of October 1, 2006 and October 2, 2005, there were $17.7 million and $16.7 million of accounts receivable, respectively, on the consolidated balance sheets from equity investees related to product sales and store license fees.
 
As of October 1, 2006, the aggregate market value of the Company’s investment in Starbucks Coffee Japan, Ltd., was approximately $234.1 million based on its available quoted market price.
 
Cost Method
 
The Company has equity interests in entities to develop Starbucks licensed retail stores in Hong Kong, Mexico, Cyprus and Greece. As of October 1, 2006, and October 2, 2005, management determined that the estimated fair values of each cost method investment exceeded the related carrying values (no unrealized fair value losses). There were no realized losses recorded for other-than-temporary impairments during fiscal years 2006, 2005 or 2004.
 
54 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

Starbucks has the ability to acquire additional interests in some of its cost method investees at certain intervals. Depending on the Company’s total percentage of ownership interest and its ability to exercise significant influence over financial and operating policies, additional investments may require the retroactive application of the equity method of accounting.
 
Other Investments
 
Starbucks has investments in privately held equity securities, that are also accounted for under the cost method, whose carrying values approximate fair value. There were no realized losses generated from other-than-temporary impairment during fiscal 2006, 2005 or 2004.
 
Note 8: Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and consist of the following (in thousands) :
 
                 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005  
 
 
Land
  $ 32,350     $ 13,833  
Buildings
    109,129       68,180  
Leasehold improvements
    2,436,503       1,947,963  
Store equipment
    784,444       646,792  
Roasting equipment
    197,004       168,934  
Furniture, fixtures and other
    523,275       476,372  
     
     
      4,082,705       3,322,074  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (1,969,804 )     (1,625,564 )
     
     
      2,112,901       1,696,510  
Work in progress
    174,998       145,509  
 
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 2,287,899     $ 1,842,019  
 
 
 
Note 9: Other Intangible Assets and Goodwill
 
As of October 1, 2006, indefinite-lived intangibles were $34.1 million and definite-lived intangibles, which collectively had a remaining weighted average useful life of approximately eight years, were $3.9 million, net of accumulated amortization of $3.4 million. As of October 2, 2005, indefinite-lived intangibles were $31.6 million and definite-lived intangibles, which collectively had a remaining weighted average useful life of approximately six years, were $3.8 million, net of accumulated amortization of $2.1 million. The increase in indefinite-lived intangibles was primarily due to ongoing trademark activity. Amortization expense for definite-lived intangibles was $1.2 million, $0.8 million and $0.5 million during fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
The following table summarizes, as of October 1, 2006, the estimated amortization expense for each of the next five fiscal years (in thousands) :
 
         
FISCAL YEAR ENDING  
 
 
2007
  $ 1,046  
2008
    578  
2009
    480  
2010
    457  
2011
    403  
 
 
Total
  $ 2,964  
 
 
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 55


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes goodwill by operating segment (in thousands) :
 
                 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005  
 
 
United States
  $ 125,976     $ 51,802  
International
    25,802       30,972  
Global CPG
    9,700       9,700  
 
 
Total
  $ 161,478     $ 92,474  
 
 
 
During fiscal 2006, the United States operating segment increased its equity ownership in its licensed operations in Hawaii. During fiscal 2006, the International operating segment increased its equity ownership in its licensed operations in Puerto Rico and made adjustments reducing goodwill upon the finalization of the purchase price of its Southern China operations, for which it acquired majority ownership in the fiscal fourth quarter of 2005. The goodwill associated with the Global CPG segment consists of portions allocated from the Company’s fiscal 1999 acquisition of Tazo Tea Company and fiscal 2003 acquisition of Seattle Coffee Company, the parent company of Seattle’s Best Coffee LLC and Torrefazione Italia LLC.
 
Note 10: Long-term Debt and Short-term Borrowings
 
In August 2005, the Company entered into a $500 million unsecured five-year revolving credit facility (the “facility”) with various banks, of which $100 million may be used for issuances of letters of credit. The facility is available for working capital, capital expenditures and other corporate purposes, which may include acquisitions and share repurchases. In August 2006, the Company increased its borrowing capacity under the facility to $1 billion, as provided in the original credit facility. The interest rate for borrowings under the facility ranges from 0.150% to 0.275% over LIBOR or an alternate base rate, which is the greater of the bank prime rate or the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%. The specific spread over LIBOR will depend upon the Company’s performance under specified financial criteria.
 
As of October 1, 2006, the Company had $700 million outstanding, as well as a letter of credit of $11.9 million which reduces the borrowing capacity under the credit facility. For the fiscal year ended October 1, 2006, the Company had additional borrowings of $1.4 billion under the facility and made principal repayments of $993 million. As of October 2, 2005, the Company had $277 million outstanding, with no letters of credit. The weighted average contractual interest rates at October 1, 2006 and October 2, 2005 were 5.5% and 4.0% respectively. The facility contains provisions that require the Company to maintain compliance with certain covenants, including the maintenance of certain financial ratios. As of October 1, 2006 and October 2, 2005, the Company was in compliance with each of these covenants.
 
In September 1999, Starbucks purchased the land and building comprising its York County, Pennsylvania roasting plant and distribution facility for a total purchase price of $12.9 million. At the time of purchase, the Company assumed related loans totaling $7.7 million from the York County Industrial Development Corporation. As of October 1, 2006, the Company had $2.7 million outstanding. The remaining maturities of these loans range from four to five years, with interest rates from 0.0% to 2.0%.
 
Interest expense, net of interest capitalized, was $8.4 million, $1.3 million and $0.4 million in fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. In fiscal 2006, $2.7 million of interest expense was capitalized for new store construction and included in “Property, plant and equipment, net,” on the consolidated balance sheet. No interest was capitalized in fiscal 2005 or 2004.
 
56 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

Scheduled principal payments on long-term debt are as follows (in thousands) :
 
         
FISCAL YEAR ENDING      
 
 
2007
  $ 762  
2008
    776  
2009
    789  
2010
    337  
2011
    56  
 
 
Total principal payments
  $ 2,720  
 
 
 
Note 11: Other Long-term Liabilities
 
The Company’s other long-term liabilities consist of the following (in thousands) :
 
                 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005  
 
 
Deferred rent
  $ 203,903     $ 166,182  
Asset retirement obligations
    34,271        
Minority interest
    10,739       11,153  
Other
    13,944       16,230  
 
 
Total
  $ 262,857     $ 193,565  
 
 
 
The deferred rent liabilities as of October 1, 2006 and October 2, 2005, represent amounts for tenant improvement allowances, rent escalation clauses and rent holidays related to certain operating leases. The Company amortizes deferred rent over the terms of the leases as reductions to rent expense on the consolidated statements of earnings.
 
Asset retirement liabilities represent the estimated fair value of the Company’s future costs of removing leasehold improvements at the termination of leases related to certain of its leased stores and administrative facilities. The Company adopted this new accounting requirement on the last day of fiscal 2006, as discussed in more detail in Note 1.
 
For operations accounted for under the consolidation method, but in which Starbucks owns less than 100% of the equity interests, long-term liabilities are maintained for the collective ownership interests of minority shareholders. As of October 1, 2006 and October 2, 2005, Starbucks had less than 100% ownership in Coffee Concepts (Southern China) Ltd. as well as in Chengdu Starbucks Coffee Company Limited and Urban Coffee Opportunities, LLC.
 
The other remaining long-term liabilities generally include obligations to be settled or paid for one year beyond each respective fiscal year end, for items such as hedging instruments, guarantees (see Note 18), donation commitments and the long-term portion of capital lease obligations.
 
Note 12: Leases
 
Rental expense under operating lease agreements was as follows (in thousands) :
 
                         
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005     Oct 3, 2004  
 
 
Minimum rentals — retail stores
  $ 406,329     $ 340,474     $ 285,250  
Minimum rentals — other
    52,367       43,532       28,108  
Contingent rentals
    40,113       32,910       24,638  
 
 
Total
  $ 498,809     $ 416,916     $ 337,996  
 
 
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 57


Table of Contents

Minimum future rental payments under noncancelable operating lease obligations as of October 1, 2006, are as follows (in thousands) :
 
         
FISCAL YEAR ENDING      
 
 
2007
  $ 531,634  
2008
    520,553  
2009
    492,759  
2010
    452,859  
2011
    408,412  
Thereafter
    1,486,721  
 
 
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 3,892,938  
 
 
 
The Company has subleases related to certain of its operating lease agreements. During fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company recognized sublease income of $5.7 million, $4.3 million and $4.0 million, respectively.
 
The Company had capital lease obligations of $4.1 million and $2.6 million as of October 1, 2006 and October 2, 2005, respectively. As of October 1, 2006, the current portion of the total obligation was $1.7 million and was included in “Other accrued expenses” and the remaining long-term portion of $2.4 million was included in “Other long-term liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheet. Capital lease obligations expire at various dates, with the latest maturity in 2020. Assets held under capital leases are included in “Property, plant and equipment, net,” on the consolidated balance sheets.
 
Note 13: Shareholders’ Equity
 
In addition to 1.2 billion shares of authorized common stock with $0.001 par value per share, the Company has authorized 7.5 million shares of preferred stock, none of which was outstanding at October 1, 2006.
 
Under the Company’s authorized share repurchase program, Starbucks acquired 25.6 million shares at an average price of $32.34 for a total accrual-based cost of $828 million in fiscal 2006. The related cash amount used to repurchase shares in fiscal 2006 totaled $854 million. The difference between the two amounts represents the effect of the net change in unsettled trades totaling $26 million from October 2, 2005. Starbucks acquired 45.1 million shares at an average price of $25.26 for a total cost of $1.1 billion during fiscal 2005. During fiscal 2006, the Starbucks Board of Directors authorized additional repurchases of 25 million shares of the Company’s common stock, and as of October 1, 2006, there were 21.5 million remaining shares authorized for repurchase. Share repurchases were funded through cash, cash equivalents, available-for-sale securities and borrowings under the revolving credit facility and were part of the Company’s active capital management program.
 
Comprehensive Income
 
Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during the period, except those resulting from transactions with shareholders and subsidiaries of the Company. It has two components: net earnings and other comprehensive income. Accumulated other comprehensive income reported on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets consists of foreign currency translation adjustments and the unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable taxes, on available-for-sale securities and on derivative instruments designated and qualifying as cash flow and net investment hedges.
 
58 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

Comprehensive income, net of related tax effects, is as follows (in thousands) :
 
                         
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005     Oct 3, 2004  
 
 
Net earnings
  $ 564,259     $ 494,370     $ 388,880  
Unrealized holding gains/(losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax benefit/(provision) of ($1,298), $889 and $618 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively
    2,164       (1,482 )     (1,005 )
Unrealized holding losses on cash flow hedges, net of tax benefit of $1,646, $2,268 and $2,801 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively
    (2,803 )     (3,861 )     (4,769 )
Unrealized holding gains/(losses) on net investment hedges, net of tax benefit/(provision) of ($21), ($609) and $328 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively
    35       1,037       (558 )
Reclassification adjustment for net (gains)/losses realized in net earnings for available-for-sale securities, net of tax provision/(benefit) of $1,060, ($812) and ($127) in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively
    (1,767 )     1,354       207  
Reclassification adjustment for net losses realized in net earnings for cash flow hedges, net of tax benefit of $2,430, $1,939 and $705 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively
    4,138       3,302       1,200  
     
     
Net unrealized gain/(loss)
    1,767       350       (4,925 )
Translation adjustment
    14,592       (8,677 )     19,892  
 
 
Total comprehensive income
  $ 580,618     $ 486,043     $ 403,847  
 
 
 
The favorable translation adjustment change during fiscal 2006 of $14.6 million was primarily due to the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the British pound sterling, euro and Canadian dollar. The unfavorable translation adjustment change during fiscal 2005 of $8.7 million was primarily due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the euro, British pound sterling and Japanese yen. The favorable translation adjustment change during fiscal 2004 of $19.9 million was primarily due to the weakening of the U.S. dollar against several currencies, such as the British pound sterling, euro, Australian dollar and Canadian dollar.
 
The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, were as follows (in thousands) :
 
                 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005  
 
 
Net unrealized holding losses on available-for-sale securities
  $ (254 )   $ (651 )
Net unrealized holding losses on hedging instruments
    (6,416 )     (7,786 )
Translation adjustment
    43,943       29,351  
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
  $ 37,273     $ 20,914  
 
 
 
As of October 1, 2006, the translation adjustment of $43.9 million was net of tax provisions of $7.3 million. As of October 2, 2005, the translation adjustment of $29.4 million was net of tax provisions of $5.5 million.
 
Note 14: Employee Stock and Benefit Plans
 
Stock Option Plans
 
Stock options to purchase the Company’s common stock are granted at prices at or above the fair market value on the date of grant. Options generally become exercisable in three or four equal installments beginning a year from the date of grant and generally expire 10 years from the date of grant. Options granted to non-employee directors generally vest over one year. Nearly all outstanding stock options are non-qualified stock options.
 
The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the BSM option valuation model. The assumptions used to calculate the fair value of options granted are evaluated and revised, as necessary, to reflect market conditions and the Company’s experience. Options granted are valued using the multiple option valuation approach, and the resulting expense is recognized using the graded, or accelerated, attribution method, consistent with the multiple option valuation approach. Compensation expense is recognized only for those options expected to vest, with forfeitures
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 59


Table of Contents

estimated at the date of grant based on the Company’s historical experience and future expectations. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the effect of forfeitures on the pro forma expense amounts was recognized as the forfeitures occurred.
 
The following summarizes all stock option transactions from September 28, 2003, through October 1, 2006 (no restricted stock, restricted stock units or stock appreciation rights were outstanding for any of these periods):
 
                             
          Weighted Average
  Weighted Average
    Aggregate
    Shares Subject to
    Exercise Price
  Remaining
    Intrinsic Value
    Options     per Share   Contractual Life     (In thousands)
 
 
Outstanding, September 28, 2003
    78,130,892       $ 7.74     6.7       $550,420
Granted
    18,435,240       15.62              
Exercised
    (15,416,982 )     7.11              
Cancelled
    (4,315,930 )     11.88              
                             
Outstanding, October 3, 2004
    76,833,220       9.52     6.5       1,082,324
Granted
    15,627,550       27.17              
Exercised
    (16,169,992 )     8.08              
Cancelled
    (3,831,872 )     17.86              
                             
Outstanding, October 2, 2005
    72,458,906       13.22     6.3       857,319
Granted
    13,357,095       30.52              
Exercised
    (13,222,729 )     9.02              
Cancelled
    (3,173,401 )     24.51              
                             
Outstanding, October 1, 2006
    69,419,871       16.83     6.2       1,196,209
                             
Exercisable, October 1, 2006
    49,203,321       12.56     5.3       1,057,584
 
 
 
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above is before applicable income taxes and represents the amount optionees would have received if all options had been exercised on the last business day of the period indicated, based on the Company’s closing stock price. As of October 1, 2006, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to nonvested stock options was approximately $72 million, before income taxes, and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 22 months. During the fiscal year ended October 1, 2006, the total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $327 million. During the fiscal year ended October 1, 2006, the total fair value of options vested was $95 million.
 
The Company issues new shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options.
 
As of October 1, 2006, there were 62.3 million shares of common stock available for issuance pursuant to future stock option grants. Additional information regarding options outstanding as of October 1, 2006, is as follows:
 
                                     
    OPTIONS OUTSTANDING     OPTIONS EXERCISABLE  
        Weighted Average
                 
 
        Remaining
                  
 
        Contractual
    Weighted Average
           Weighted Average
 
Range of Exercise Prices   Shares   Life (Years)     Exercise Price     Shares     Exercise Price  
 
 
                     
$ 3.96 – $ 7.40
  16,185,466     2.7       $ 5.76       16,185,466       $ 5.76  
7.76 –  10.96
  14,067,683     5.3       10.25       13,757,120       10.23  
11.00 –  19.60
  14,020,218     6.9       14.92       11,499,384       14.76  
20.99 –  30.20
  13,437,687     8.2       27.00       6,661,116       27.10  
30.28 –  37.86
  11,708,817     9.1       30.67       1,100,235       30.42  
                                     
    69,419,871     6.2       16.83       49,203,321       12.56  
 
 
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plans
 
The Company has an employee stock purchase plan allowing eligible employees to contribute up to 10% of their base earnings toward the quarterly purchase of the Company’s common stock. The employee’s purchase price is 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the stock on the first business day or the last business day of the quarterly offering period.
 
60 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

Employees may purchase shares having a fair market value of up to $25,000 (measured as of the first day of each quarterly offering period for each calendar year). The total number of shares issuable under the plan is 32.0 million. There were 1.5 million shares issued under the plan during the fiscal year ended October 1, 2006 at an average price of $26.81. There were 1.5 million shares issued under the plan during the fiscal year ended October 2, 2005 at an average price of $21.27. There were 2.0 million shares issued under the plan during the fiscal year ended October 3, 2004 at an average price of $14.23. Since inception of the plan, 16.3 million shares have been purchased, leaving 15.7 million shares available for future issuance. Of the approximately 73,000 employees eligible to participate, approximately 23,000 were participants in the plan as of October 1, 2006.
 
Starbucks has an additional employee stock purchase plan in the United Kingdom that allows eligible U.K. employees to save toward the purchase of the Company’s common stock. Under the Save-As-You-Earn (“SAYE”) plan the employee’s purchase price is 85% of the fair value of the stock on the first business day of a three-year offering period. The total number of shares issuable under the plan is 1.2 million. There were 36,348 shares issued under the plan during the fiscal year ended October 1, 2006 at an average price of $8.84, and 1.1 million shares remain available for future issuance. There were 25,382 shares issued under the plan during the fiscal year ended October 2, 2005 at an average price of $7.93. There were 8,960 shares issued under the plan during the fiscal year ended October 3, 2004 at an average price of $9.47. During fiscal 2004, the Company suspended future offerings under this plan. The last offering was made in December 2002 and matured in February 2006.
 
A new employee stock purchase plan, the U.K. Share Incentive Plan, was introduced during fiscal 2004 to replace the SAYE plan. The plan allows eligible U.K. employees to purchase shares of common stock through payroll deductions during six-month offering periods at the lesser of the fair market value of the stock at the beginning or at the end of the offering period. The Company will award one matching share for each six shares purchased under the plan. The total number of shares issuable under the plan is 1.4 million. There were 11,138 shares issued under the plan during the fiscal year ended October 1, 2006 at an average price of $26.42. There were 10,732 shares issued under the plan during the fiscal year ended October 2, 2005 at an average price of $22.08. As of October 1, 2006, 1.38 million shares were available for future issuance.
 
Deferred Stock Plan
 
Starbucks has a deferred stock plan for certain key employees that enables participants in the plan to defer receipt of ownership of common shares from the exercise of nonqualified stock options. The minimum deferral period is five years. As of October 1, 2006, receipt of 3,394,200 shares was deferred under the terms of this plan. The rights to receive these shares, represented by common stock units, are included in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share as common stock equivalents.
 
Defined Contribution Plans
 
Starbucks maintains voluntary defined contribution plans covering eligible employees as defined in the plan documents. Participating employees may elect to defer and contribute a portion of their compensation to the plans up to limits stated in the plan documents, not to exceed the dollar amounts set by applicable laws. For employees in the United States and Canada, the Company matched 25% to 150% of each employee’s eligible contribution based on years of service, up to a maximum of the first 4% of each employee’s compensation. The Company’s matching contributions to all plans were approximately $19.3 million, $12.4 million and $9.8 million in fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 61


Table of Contents

Note 15: Income Taxes
 
A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate with the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:
 
                         
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005     Oct 3, 2004  
 
 
Statutory rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
    3.4       3.9       3.5  
Other, net
    (2.6 )     (1.0 )     (1.2 )
 
 
Effective tax rate
    35.8 %     37.9 %     37.3 %
 
 
 
The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands) :
 
                         
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005     Oct 3, 2004  
 
 
Current taxes:
                       
Federal
  $ 332,202     $ 273,178     $ 188,647  
State
    57,759       51,949       36,383  
Foreign
    12,398       14,106       10,193  
Deferred taxes, net
    (77,589 )     (37,256 )     (3,469 )
 
 
Total
  $ 324,770     $ 301,977     $ 231,754  
 
 
 
U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes have not been provided on approximately $178.5 million of cumulative undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and equity investees. The Company intends to reinvest these earnings for the foreseeable future. If these amounts were distributed to the United States, in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company would be subject to additional U.S. income taxes. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred income tax liabilities on these earnings is not practicable because such liability, if any, is dependent on circumstances existing if and when remittance occurs.
 
In December 2004, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 109-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004” (“FSP 109-2”). The American Jobs Creation Act allowed a special one-time dividends received deduction on the repatriation of certain foreign earnings to a U.S. taxpayer (repatriation provision), provided certain criteria are met. The law allowed the Company to make an election to repatriate earnings through 2006. During the Company’s fiscal third quarter of 2006, Starbucks completed its evaluation and elected to waive repatriation of earnings under this provision.
 
62 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

The tax effect of temporary differences and carryforwards that comprise significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows (in thousands) :
 
                 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005  
 
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Accrued occupancy costs
  $ 36,205     $ 31,247  
Accrued compensation and related costs
    90,815       43,890  
Other accrued expenses
    34,959       20,199  
Foreign tax credits
    20,948       15,708  
Other
    19,095       13,990  
     
     
Total
    202,022       125,034  
Valuation allowance
    (8,767 )     (8,078 )
     
     
Total deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance
    193,255       116,956  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Property, plant and equipment
    (12,759 )     (32,314 )
Other
    (16,249 )     (11,600 )
     
     
Total
    (29,008 )     (43,914 )
 
 
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 164,247     $ 73,042  
 
 
 
The Company will establish a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that these items will either expire before the Company is able to realize their benefits, or that future deductibility is uncertain. Periodically, the valuation allowance is reviewed and adjusted based on management’s assessments of realizable deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance as of October 1, 2006 was related to net operating losses of consolidated foreign subsidiaries. The valuation allowance as of October 2, 2005 was related to capital loss carryforwards and net operating losses of consolidated foreign subsidiaries. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the years ended October 1, 2006, and October 2, 2005, was an increase of $0.7 million and $7.1 million, respectively.
 
As of October 1, 2006, the Company has foreign tax credit carryforwards of $20.9 million with expiration dates between fiscal years 2010 and 2016. As of the end of fiscal 2006, the Company also has capital loss carryforwards of $1.2 million, expiring in fiscal year 2010.
 
Taxes currently payable of $50.6 million and $41.5 million are included in “Accrued taxes” on the consolidated balance sheets as of October 1, 2006, and October 2, 2005, respectively.
 
The Company has established, and periodically reviews and re-evaluates, an estimated contingent tax liability to provide for the possibility of unfavorable outcomes in tax matters. Contingent tax liabilities totaled $27.6 million and $33.1 million as of October 1, 2006, and October 2, 2005, respectively, and are included in “Accrued taxes” on the consolidated balance sheets. These liabilities are provided for in accordance with the requirements of SFAS 5. The Company believes its contingent tax liabilities are adequate in the event the tax positions are not ultimately upheld.
 
In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” which seeks to reduce the diversity in practice associated with the accounting and reporting for uncertainty in income tax provisions. This interpretation prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 and the Company will adopt the new requirements in its fiscal first quarter of 2008. The cumulative effects, if any, of adopting FIN 48 will be recorded as an adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The Company has not determined the impact, if any, of adopting FIN 48 on its consolidated financial statements.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 63


Table of Contents

Note 16: Earnings per Share
 
The following table represents the calculation of net earnings per common share — basic and diluted ( in thousands, except earnings per share ):
 
                         
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005     Oct 3, 2004  
 
 
Net earnings
  $ 564,259     $ 494,370     $ 388,880  
Weighted average common shares and common stock units outstanding
(for basic calculation)
    766,114       789,570       794,347  
Dilutive effect of outstanding common stock options
    26,442       25,847       28,583  
     
     
Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding
(for diluted calculation)
    792,556       815,417       822,930  
     
     
Net earnings per common share — basic
  $ 0.74     $ 0.63     $ 0.49  
Net earnings per common and common equivalent share — diluted
  $ 0.71     $ 0.61     $ 0.47  
 
 
 
Potential dilutive shares consist of the incremental common shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options (both vested and non-vested) using the treasury stock method. Potential dilutive shares are excluded from the computation of earnings per share if their effect is antidilutive. The antidilutive options totaled 10.3 million, 13.7 million and 0.3 million in fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Note 17: Related Party Transactions
 
In April 2001, certain members of the Board of Directors and other investors, organized as The Basketball Club of Seattle, LLC (“The Basketball Club”), purchased the franchises for The Seattle Supersonics and The Seattle Storm basketball teams. An executive officer of the Company and member of the Board of Directors, Howard Schultz, owned a controlling interest in The Basketball Club, until the franchises were sold to an unrelated third party in October 2006. Starbucks paid approximately $0.6 million, $0.8 million and $0.8 million during fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, for team sponsorships and ticket purchases. Terms of the team sponsorship agreements did not change as a result of the related party relationship.
 
In June 2005, a then-member of the Company’s Board of Directors was appointed president and chief financial officer of Oracle Corporation. Starbucks had a pre-existing business relationship with Oracle related to financial systems and systems consulting at the time of the appointment and Starbucks continued to make payments for supplies and services subsequent to June 2005 in the ordinary course of business. These payments totaled approximately $2.7 million from the inception of the related party relationship in fiscal 2005 through November 15, 2005 when the former Board member’s employment relationship with Oracle ended.
 
Note 18: Commitments and Contingencies
 
The Company has unconditionally guaranteed the repayment of certain Japanese yen-denominated bank loans and related interest and fees of an unconsolidated equity investee, Starbucks Coffee Japan, Ltd. The guarantees continue until the loans, including accrued interest and fees, have been paid in full, with the final loan amount due in 2014. The maximum amount is limited to the sum of unpaid principal and interest amounts, as well as other related expenses. These amounts will vary based on fluctuations in the yen foreign exchange rate. As of October 1, 2006, the maximum amount of the guarantees was approximately $6.0 million. Since there has been no modification of these loan guarantees subsequent to the Company’s adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indebtedness of Others,” Starbucks has applied the disclosure provisions only and has not recorded the guarantee on its consolidated balance sheet.
 
Starbucks has commitments under which it unconditionally guarantees its proportionate share, or 50%, of certain borrowings of unconsolidated equity investees. The Company’s maximum exposure under these commitments is approximately $7.2 million, excluding interest and other related costs, and the majority of these commitments expire in
 
64 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

2007 and 2011. As of October 1, 2006, the Company recorded $3.0 million to “Equity and other investments” and “Other long-term liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheet for the fair value of the guarantee arrangements.
 
Coffee brewing and espresso equipment sold to customers through Company-operated and licensed retail stores, as well as equipment sold to the Company’s licensees for use in retail licensing operations, are under warranty for defects in materials and workmanship for a period ranging from 12 to 24 months. Effective fiscal 2006, the Company elected to discontinue repairing brewing machines and instead offer an exchange to customers as a general right of return for any of its products. As a result, Starbucks maintains a sales return allowance based on historical patterns to reduce related revenues for estimated future product returns. Prior to fiscal 2006, the Company established an accrual for estimated warranty costs at the time of sale, also based on historical experience. Product warranty costs and changes to the related accrual were not significant for the fiscal years ended October 1, 2006 and October 2, 2005.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
On June 3, 2004, two then-current employees of the Company filed a lawsuit, entitled Sean Pendlebury and Laurel Overton v. Starbucks Coffee Company, in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida claiming the Company violated requirements of the Fair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”). The suit alleges that the Company misclassified its retail store managers as exempt from the overtime provisions of the FLSA, and that each manager therefore is entitled to overtime compensation for any week in which he or she worked more than 40 hours during the three years before joining the suit as a plaintiff, and for as long as they remain a manager thereafter. Plaintiffs seek to represent themselves and all similarly situated U.S. current and former store managers of the Company. Plaintiffs seek reimbursement for an unspecified amount of unpaid overtime compensation, liquidated damages, attorney’s fees and costs. Plaintiffs also filed on June 3, 2004 a motion for conditional collective action treatment and court-supervised notice to additional putative class members under the opt-in procedures in section 16(b) of the FLSA. On January 3, 2005, the district court entered an order authorizing nationwide notice of the lawsuit to all current and former store managers employed by the Company during the three years before the suit was filed. The Company filed a motion for summary judgment as to the claims of the named plaintiffs on September 24, 2004. The court denied that motion because this case was in the early stages of discovery, but the court noted that the Company may resubmit this motion at a later date. Starbucks believes that the plaintiffs are properly classified as exempt under the federal wage laws. The Company cannot estimate the possible loss to the Company, if any and believes that a loss in this case is unlikely. Trial is currently set for August 2007. The Company intends to vigorously defend the lawsuit.
 
On October 8, 2004, a former hourly employee of the Company filed a lawsuit in San Diego County Superior Court entitled Jou Chau v. Starbucks Coffee Company. The lawsuit alleges that the Company violated the California Labor Code by allowing shift supervisors to receive tips. More specifically, the lawsuit alleges that since shift supervisors direct the work of baristas, they qualify as “agents” of the Company and are therefore excluded from receiving tips under California Labor Code Section 351, which prohibits employers and their agents from collecting or receiving tips left by patrons for other employees. The lawsuit further alleges that because the tipping practices violate the Labor Code, they also are unfair practices under the California Unfair Competition Law. In addition to recovery of an unspecified amount of tips distributed to shift supervisors, the lawsuit seeks penalties under California Labor Code Section 203 for willful failure to pay wages due. Plaintiff also seeks attorneys’ fees and costs. On March 30, 2006, the Court issued an order certifying the case as a class action, with the plaintiff representing a class of all persons employed as baristas in the state of California since October 8, 2000. The size of the class has yet to be determined. The Company cannot estimate the possible loss to the Company, if any. The Company believes its practices comply with California law, and the Company intends to vigorously defend the lawsuit. Trial is currently set for May 2007.
 
On March 11, 2005, a former employee of the Company filed a lawsuit, entitled James Falcon v. Starbucks Corporation and Does 1 through 100 , in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Texas claiming that the Company violated requirements of the FLSA. Specifically, the plaintiff claims that the Company misclassified its retail assistant store managers as exempt from the overtime provisions of the FLSA and that each assistant manager therefore is entitled to overtime compensation for any week in which he or she worked more than 40 hours during the three years before joining the suit as a plaintiff, and for as long as they remain an assistant manager thereafter. On August 18, 2005, the plaintiff
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 65


Table of Contents

amended his complaint to include allegations that he and other retail assistant store managers were not paid overtime compensation for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in a work week after they were re-classified as non-exempt employees in September 2002. In both claims, Plaintiff seeks to represent himself and a putative class of all current and former assistant store managers employed by the Company in the United States from March 11, 2002 until the present. He also seeks, on behalf of himself and the class, reimbursement for an unspecified amount of unpaid overtime compensation, liquidated damages, injunctive relief, and attorney’s fees and costs. On September 13, 2005, the plaintiff filed a motion for conditional collective action treatment and court-supervised notice to all putative class members under the opt-in procedures in section 16(b) of the FLSA. On November 29, 2005, the court entered an order authorizing notice to the class of the existence of the lawsuit and their opportunity to join as plaintiffs. The Company has a policy requiring that all non-exempt partners, including assistant store managers, be paid for all hours worked, including any hours worked in excess of 40 per week. The Company also believes that this policy is, and at all relevant times has been, communicated and followed consistently. Further, the Company believes that the plaintiff and other assistant store managers were properly classified as exempt under the FLSA prior to September 2002. The Company cannot estimate the possible loss to the Company, if any, and believes that a loss in this case is unlikely. No trial date has been set. The Company intends to vigorously defend the lawsuit.
 
The Company is party to various other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of its business, but it is not currently a party to any legal proceeding that management believes would have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company.
 
Note 19: Segment Reporting
 
Segment information is prepared on the same basis that the Company’s management reviews financial information for operational decision making purposes. Beginning in the fiscal fourth quarter of 2006, the Company increased its reporting segments from two to three to include a Global CPG segment in addition to the United States and International segments. This additional operating segment reflects the culmination of internal management realignments in fiscal 2006, and the successful development and launch of certain branded products in the United States and internationally, commencing in fiscal 2005 and continuing throughout fiscal 2006. Additionally, with the 100% acquisition of the Company’s operations in Hawaii in fiscal 2006 and the shift in internal management of this market to the United States, these operations have been moved from the International segment into the United States segment. Segment information for all prior periods presented has been revised to reflect these changes.
 
United States
 
The Company’s United States operations (“United States”) represent 83% of total Company-operated retail revenues, 57% of total specialty revenues and 79% of total net revenues. United States operations sell coffee and other beverages, whole bean coffees, complementary food, coffee brewing equipment and merchandise primarily through Company-operated retail stores. Specialty Operations within the United States include licensed retail stores, foodservice accounts and other initiatives related to the Company’s core business.
 
International
 
The Company’s International operations (“International”) represent the remaining 17% of Company-operated retail revenues and 18% of total specialty revenues as well as 17% of total net revenues. International operations sell coffee and other beverages, whole bean coffees, complementary food, coffee brewing equipment and merchandise through Company-operated retail stores in the United Kingdom, Canada, Thailand, Australia, Germany, China, Singapore, Puerto Rico, Chile and Ireland. Specialty Operations in International primarily include retail store licensing operations in more than 25 countries and foodservice accounts in Canada and the United Kingdom. The Company’s International operations are in various early stages of development that require a more extensive support organization, relative to the current levels of revenue and operating income, than in the United States.
 
66 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

Global Consumer Products Group
 
The Company’s CPG segment represents 25% of total specialty revenues and 4% of total net revenues. CPG operations sell a selection of whole bean and ground coffees as well as a selection of premium Tazo ® teas through licensing arrangements with Kraft and other grocery and warehouse club stores in United States and international markets. CPG operations also produce and sell ready-to-drink beverages which include, among others, bottled Frappuccino ® coffee drinks and Starbucks DoubleShot ® espresso drinks, and Starbucks ® superpremium ice creams, through its joint venture partnerships and Starbucks tm Coffee and Cream Liqueurs through a marketing and distribution agreement. Through other manufacturing, distribution and co-packing agreements, the Company produces and sells ready-to-drink products in international locations.
 
The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 1. Operating income represents earnings before “Interest and other income, net” and “Income taxes.” Allocations of portions of corporate overhead, interest or income taxes to the segments are not significant. Identifiable assets by segment are those assets used in the Company’s operations in each segment. Unallocated corporate assets include cash and investments, unallocated assets of the corporate headquarters and roasting facilities, deferred taxes and certain other intangibles. Management evaluates performance of segments based on net revenues and operating expenses.
 
The table below presents information by operating segment for the fiscal years noted (in thousands) :
 
                                         
                      Unallocated
       
    United States     International     Global CPG     Corporate  (1)     Total  
   
 
Fiscal 2006:
                                       
Net Revenues:
                                       
Company-operated retail
  $ 5,495,240     $ 1,087,858     $     $     $ 6,583,098  
Specialty:
                                       
Licensing
    369,155       186,050       305,471             860,676  
Foodservice and other
    314,162       29,006                   343,168  
Total specialty
    683,317       215,056       305,471             1,203,844  
Total net revenues
    6,178,557       1,302,914       305,471             7,786,942  
Earnings/(loss) before income taxes
    957,631       109,494       166,918       (327,800 )     906,243  
Depreciation and amortization
    284,625       66,800       108       35,678       387,211  
Income from equity investees
    151       34,370       59,416             93,937  
Equity method investments
          163,566       41,438             205,004  
Identifiable assets
    1,996,295       746,398       94,160       1,592,088       4,428,941  
Net impairment and disposition losses
    9,395       10,084             143       19,622  
Net capital expenditures
    545,074       112,054       286       113,816       771,230  
 
 
 
(1) Unallocated corporate includes certain general and administrative expenses, related depreciation and amortization expenses and amounts included in “Interest and other income, net” on the consolidated statements of earnings.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 67


Table of Contents

                                         
                      Unallocated
       
    United States     International     Global CPG     Corporate  (1)     Total  
   
 
Fiscal 2005:
                                       
Net Revenues:
                                       
Company-operated retail
  $ 4,539,455     $ 852,472     $     $     $ 5,391,927  
Specialty:
                                       
Licensing
    277,987       145,736       249,292             673,015  
Foodservice and other
    280,073       24,285                   304,358  
Total specialty
    558,060       170,021       249,292             977,373  
Total net revenues
    5,097,515       1,022,493       249,292             6,369,300  
Earnings/(loss) before income taxes
    817,815       82,465       131,449       (235,382 )     796,347  
Depreciation and amortization
    250,339       56,705       76       33,049       340,169  
Income from equity investees
    592       30,477       45,579             76,648  
Equity method investments
    456       161,056       28,364             189,876  
Identifiable assets
    1,562,973       604,577       71,549       1,274,594       3,513,693  
Net impairment and disposition losses
    13,647       4,039       (13 )     1,791       19,464  
Net capital expenditures
    440,228       115,064       72       87,932       643,296  
 
 
Fiscal 2004:
                                       
Net Revenues:
                                       
Company-operated retail
  $ 3,800,367     $ 657,011     $     $     $ 4,457,378  
Specialty:
                                       
Licensing
    211,269       119,325       235,204             565,798  
Foodservice and other
    253,502       17,569                   271,071  
Total specialty
    464,771       136,894       235,204             836,869  
Total net revenues
    4,265,138       793,905       235,204             5,294,247  
Earnings/(loss) before income taxes
    663,659       46,502       104,452       (193,979 )     620,634  
Depreciation and amortization
    209,586       46,196       862       32,538       289,182  
Income from equity investees
    564       20,961       37,453             58,978  
Equity method investments
    434       144,040       14,367             158,841  
Identifiable assets
    1,299,667       483,240       50,631       1,552,728       3,386,266  
Net impairment and disposition losses
    9,385       5,497       2,032       1,034       17,948  
Net capital expenditures
    319,916       64,454       148       32,399       416,917  
 
 
 
 
(1) Unallocated corporate includes certain general and administrative expenses, related depreciation and amortization expenses and amounts included in “Interest and other income, net” on the consolidated statements of earnings.
 
The tables below represent information by geographic area ( in thousands ):
 
                         
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005     Oct 3, 2004  
   
 
Net revenues from external customers:
                       
United States
  $ 6,478,142     $ 5,346,967     $ 4,501,288  
Foreign countries
    1,308,800       1,022,333       792,959  
 
 
Total
  $ 7,786,942     $ 6,369,300     $ 5,294,247  
 
 
 
No customer accounts for 10% or more of the Company’s revenues. Revenues from foreign countries are based on the geographic location of the customers and consist primarily of revenues from the United Kingdom and Canada, which together account for approximately 75% of foreign net revenues.
 
68 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

                         
FISCAL YEAR ENDED   Oct 1, 2006     Oct 2, 2005     Oct 3, 2004  
   
 
Long-lived assets:
                       
United States
  $ 2,446,126     $ 1,914,846     $ 1,739,638  
Foreign countries
    453,027       389,513       299,740  
 
 
Total
  $ 2,899,153     $ 2,304,359     $ 2,039,378  
 
 
 
Assets attributed to foreign countries are based on the country in which those assets are located.
 
Note 20: Subsequent Event
 
On October 18, 2006, the Company acquired from H&Q Asia Pacific, and other shareholders, 90% equity ownership of High Grown Investment Group (Hong Kong) Limited, which in turn is the controlling shareholder of Beijing Mei Da Coffee Co. Ltd. (“Mei Da”), the operator of 61 Starbucks retail stores in Beijing and Tianjin, China, and an authorized licensee of Starbucks Coffee International. Beijing Sanyuan Company continues to be a minority shareholder of Mei Da. Due to its majority ownership of these operations, Starbucks will apply the consolidation method of accounting beginning on the date of acquisition.
 
Note 21: Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)
 
Summarized quarterly financial information in fiscal 2006 and 2005 is as follows ( in thousands, except earnings per share ):
 
                                         
    First     Second     Third     Fourth     Total  
   
 
2006 quarter:
                                       
Net revenues
  $ 1,934,092     $ 1,885,822     $ 1,963,673     $ 2,003,355     $ 7,786,942  
Operating income
    279,847       201,894       214,573       197,638       893,952  
Earnings before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    174,156       127,316       145,498       134,503       581,473  
Cumulative effect of accounting change for FIN 47, net of taxes
                      17,214       17,214  
Net earnings
    174,156       127,316       145,498       117,289       564,259  
Earnings per common share before cumulative effect of accounting change for FIN 47 — diluted
    0.22       0.16       0.18       0.17       0.73  
Net earnings per common share — diluted
  $ 0.22     $ 0.16     $ 0.18     $ 0.15     $ 0.71  
 
 
2005 quarter:
                                       
Net revenues
  $ 1,589,544     $ 1,518,716     $ 1,601,799     $ 1,659,241     $ 6,369,300  
Operating income
    227,155       157,278       199,570       196,515       780,518  
Net earnings
    144,674       100,461       125,513       123,722       494,370  
Net earnings per common share — diluted
  $ 0.17     $ 0.12     $ 0.16     $ 0.16     $ 0.61  
 
 
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 69


Table of Contents

AUDITORS’ REPORT ON CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Starbucks Corporation
Seattle, Washington
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Starbucks Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of October 1, 2006 and October 2, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended October 1, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Starbucks Corporation and subsidiaries as of October 1, 2006 and October 2, 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 1, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for stock-based compensation upon adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” and the Company changed its method of accounting for conditional asset retirement obligations upon adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations - an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143.”
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 1, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated December 14, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Seattle, Washington
December 14, 2006
 
70 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

AUDITORS’ REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Starbucks Corporation
Seattle, Washington
 
We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, that Starbucks Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 1, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 1, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 1, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2006 of the Company and our report dated December 14, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the change in accounting for stock-based compensation upon adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” and the change in accounting for conditional asset retirement obligations upon adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations — an interpretation of FASB Statement 143.”
 
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Seattle, Washington
December 14, 2006
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 71


Table of Contents

 
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
 
Not applicable.
 
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
 
DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that material information required to be disclosed in the Company’s periodic reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.
 
During the quarter the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective, as of the end of the period covered by this report (October 1, 2006).
 
During the quarter ended October 1, 2006, there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect internal control over financial reporting.
 
The certifications required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 are filed as exhibits 31.1 and 31.2, respectively, to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
The management of Starbucks is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Internal control over financial reporting includes maintaining records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions; providing reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary for preparation of our financial statements; providing reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are made in accordance with management authorization; and providing reasonable assurance that unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of company assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements would be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting is not intended to provide absolute assurance that a misstatement of our financial statements would be prevented or detected.
 
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework and criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework , issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. This evaluation included review of the documentation of controls, evaluation of the design effectiveness of controls, testing of the operating effectiveness of controls and a conclusion on this evaluation. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of October 1, 2006. Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of October 1, 2006 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in Item 8 of this Report.
 
Item 9B. Other Information
 
None.
 
72 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

 
PART III
 
As used in this Part III, “Starbucks” and the “Company” mean Starbucks Corporation.
 
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
 
The information required by this item regarding the Company’s directors is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “PROPOSAL 1 — ELECTION OF DIRECTORS” and “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on March 21, 2007 (the “Proxy Statement”). Information regarding the Company’s executive officers is set forth in Item 4 of Part 1 of this Report under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant.”
 
The Company adopted a code of ethics applicable to its chief executive officer, chief financial officer, controller and other finance leaders, which is a “code of ethics” as defined by applicable rules of the SEC. This code is publicly available on the Company’s website at www.starbucks.com/aboutus/corporate    governance.asp. If the Company makes any amendments to this code other than technical, administrative or other non-substantive amendments, or grants any waivers, including implicit waivers, from a provision of this code to the Company’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer or controller, the Company will disclose the nature of the amendment or waiver, its effective date and to whom it applies on its website or in a report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC.
 
Item 11. Executive Compensation
 
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION” in the Proxy Statement.
 
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
Related Shareholder Matters
 
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK” and “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION — Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the Proxy Statement.
 
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
 
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION — Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in the Proxy Statement.
 
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
 
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees” and “Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement.
 
PART IV
 
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this Form 10-K:
 
1.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The following financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K:
 
•  Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the fiscal years ended October 1, 2006, October 2, 2005, and October 3, 2004;
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 73


Table of Contents

 
•  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 1, 2006, and October 2, 2005;
 
•  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended October 1, 2006, October 2, 2005, and October 3, 2004;
 
•  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended October 1, 2006, October 2, 2005, and October 3, 2004;
 
•  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements; and
 
•  Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
2.  FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
Financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not required or are not applicable, or the required information is provided in the consolidated financial statements or notes described in Item 15(a)(1) above.
 
3.   EXHIBITS
 
The Exhibits listed in the Index to Exhibits, which appears immediately following the signature page and is incorporated herein by reference, are filed as part of this Form 10-K.
 
74 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/  James L. Donald
James L. Donald
president and chief executive officer
 
December 14, 2006
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 75


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
Know all persons by these presents, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Howard Schultz, James L. Donald and Michael Casey, and each of them, as such person’s true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that all said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or their or such person’s substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
             
By:  
/s/  Howard Schultz

Howard Schultz
  chairman of the Board of Directors   December 14, 2006
             
By:  
/s/  James L. Donald

James L. Donald
  president and chief executive officer, director   December 14, 2006
             
By:  
/s/  Michael Casey

Michael Casey
  executive vice president, chief financial officer and chief administrative officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)   December 14, 2006
             
By:  
/s/  Barbara Bass

Barbara Bass
  director   December 14, 2006
             
By:  
/s/  Howard Behar

Howard Behar
  director   December 14, 2006
             
By:  
/s/  William W. Bradley

William W. Bradley
  director   December 14, 2006
             
By:  
/s/  Mellody Hobson

Mellody Hobson
  director   December 14, 2006
             
By:  
/s/  Olden Lee

Olden Lee
  director   December 14, 2006
             
By:  
/s/  James G. Shennan Jr.

James G. Shennan Jr.
  director   December 14, 2006
             
By:  
/s/  Javier G. Teruel

Javier G. Teruel
  director   December 14, 2006
             
By:  
/s/  Myron E. Ullman III

Myron E. Ullman III
  director   December 14, 2006
             
By:  
/s/  Craig E. Weatherup

Craig E. Weatherup
  director   December 14, 2006
 
76 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
                             
        INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE    
Exhibit
              Date of
  Exhibit
  Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
First Filing
 
Number
 
Herewith
 
  3 .1   Restated Articles of Incorporation of Starbucks Corporation   10-Q   0-20322   05/12/06   3.1    
  3 .2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Starbucks Corporation   10-Q   0-20322   05/12/06   3.2    
  10 .1*   Starbucks Corporation Amended and Restated Key Employee Stock Option Plan — 1994   10-K   0-20322   12/23/03   10.1    
  10 .2*   Starbucks Corporation Amended and Restated 1989 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors   10-K   0-20322   12/23/03   10.2    
  10 .3   Starbucks Corporation 1991 Company-Wide Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated through November 20, 2003   10-K   0-20322   12/23/03   10.3    
  10 .3.1   Starbucks Corporation 1991 Company-Wide Stock Option Plan — Rules of the UK Sub-Plan, as amended and restated through November 20, 2003   10-K   0-20322   12/23/03   10.3.1    
  10 .4*   Starbucks Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan — 1995 as amended and restated through October 1, 2006                   X
  10 .5   Amended and Restated Lease, dated as of January 1, 2001, between First and Utah Street Associates, L.P. and Starbucks Corporation   10-K   0-20322   12/20/01   10.5    
  10 .6*   Starbucks Corporation Executive Management Bonus Plan, as amended and restated effective September 19, 2006   8-K   0-20322   9/25/06   10.1    
  10 .7*   Starbucks Corporation Management Deferred Compensation Plan   S-8   333-65181   10/01/98   4.1    
  10 .8*   Starbucks Corporation 1997 Deferred Stock Plan   10-K   0-20322   12/23/99   10.17    
  10 .9   Starbucks Corporation UK Share Save Plan   10-K   0-20322   12/23/03   10.9    
  10 .10*   Starbucks Corporation Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective September 29, 2003   10-K   0-20322   12/23/03   10.10    
  10 .11*   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated December 16, 2005 between Starbucks Corporation and Howard Behar   8-K   0-20322   12/19/05   10.1    
  10 .12   Starbucks Corporation UK Share Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective November 14, 2006                   X
  10 .13*   Starbucks Corporation 2005 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective November 15, 2005   10-Q   0-20322   02/10/06   10.1    
  10 .14*   2005 Key Employee Sub-Plan to the Starbucks Corporation 2005 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective November 15, 2005   10-Q   0-20322   02/10/06   10.2    
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 77


Table of Contents

                             
        INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE    
Exhibit
              Date of
  Exhibit
  Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
First Filing
 
Number
 
Herewith
 
  10 .15*   2005 Non-Employee Director Sub-Plan to the Starbucks Corporation 2005 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan   8-K   0-20322   02/10/05   10.3    
  10 .16*   Stock Option Grant Agreement for Purchase of Stock under the 2005 Key Employee Sub-Plan to the Starbucks Corporation 2005 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan   8-K   0-20322   02/10/05   10.4    
  10 .17*   Stock Option Grant Agreement for Purchase of Stock under the 2005 Non-Employee Director Sub-Plan to the Starbucks Corporation 2005 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan   8-K   0-20322   02/10/05   10.5    
  10 .18*   Letter Agreement dated as of February 11, 2005 by and among the Company, the Schultz Irrevocable Trust and the Howard D. Schultz Irrevocable Trust   10-Q   0-20322   02/16/05   10.1    
  10 .19*   Letter Agreement dated March 30, 2005 between Starbucks Corporation and James L. Donald   8-K/A   0-20322   04/07/05   10.1    
  10 .20*   Letter Agreement dated May 25, 2005 between Starbucks Corporation and Michael Casey   8-K   0-20322   05/27/05   10.1    
  10 .21*   Letter Agreement dated May 25, 2005 between Starbucks Corporation and David A. Pace   8-K   0-20322   05/27/05   10.2    
  10 .22   2005 Company-Wide Sub-Plan to the Starbucks Corporation 2005 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan   10-Q   0-20322   08/10/05   10.1    
  10 .23   Stock Option Grant Agreement for Purchase of Stock under the 2005 Company-Wide Sub-Plan to the Starbucks Corporation 2005 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan   10-Q   0-20322   08/10/05   10.2    
  10 .24   Credit Agreement dated August 12, 2005 among Starbucks Corporation, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, Wachovia Bank N.A. and Citibank, N.A., as Co-Documentation Agents, Banc of America Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and the other Lenders party thereto.   8-K   0-20322   08/15/05   10.1    
  10 .25*   Employment Agreement dated October 14, 2005 between Starbucks Corporation and Martin Coles   8-K   0-20322   10/14/05   10.1    
  10 .26   Director Resignation Agreement dated as of December 1, 2005 among Starbucks Corporation and its Class 1 and Class 3 Directors   8-K   0-20322   12/05/05   10.1    
  21     Subsidiaries of Starbucks Corporation           X
  23     Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm           X
 
78 STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K


Table of Contents

                             
        INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE    
Exhibit
              Date of
  Exhibit
  Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
First Filing
 
Number
 
Herewith
 
  31 .1   Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002           X
  31 .2   Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002           X
  32     Certifications of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002           X
 
* Denotes a compensatory plan, contract or arrangement, in which the Company’s directors or executive officers may participate.
 
STARBUCKS CORPORATION, FORM 10-K 79

EXHIBIT 10.4

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN - 1995

As Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 2006

1. Purpose of the Plan. The Starbucks Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan - 1995 (the "Plan") is intended to provide a method whereby eligible employees of Starbucks Corporation (the "Company") and its Subsidiaries will have an opportunity to purchase Shares of the common stock of the Company. The Company believes that employee participation in the ownership of the Company is of benefit to both the employees and the Company. The Company intends to have the Plan qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Code (as hereinafter defined). The provisions of the Plan shall, accordingly, be construed so as to extend and limit participation in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of that Section of the Code.

2. Definitions.

Account. "Account" shall mean the funds that are accumulated with respect to each individual Participant as a result of payroll deductions for the purpose of purchasing Shares under the Plan. The funds that are allocated to a Participant's Account shall at all times remain the property of that Participant, but such funds may be commingled with the general funds of the Company.

Affected Person. "Affected Person" shall mean a Participant residing or employed in an area covered by a Presidentially Declared Disaster and affected by such Presidentially Declared Disaster.

Base Pay. "Base Pay" means an employee's regular straight time salary or earnings.

Board. The "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Code. The "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commencement Date. The "Commencement Date" means the January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1, as the case may be, on which a particular Offering begins.

Committee. The "Committee" shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or another committee appointed by the Board to administer and fulfill its duties under the Plan.


Ending Date. The "Ending Date" means the March 31, June 30, September 30, or December 31, as the case may be, on which the particular Offering concludes.

ESPP Broker. The "ESPP Broker" is a qualified stock brokerage or other financial services firm that has been designated by the Company.

Fair Market Value. The "Fair Market Value" of the Shares shall be the price per Share as quoted on The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. at the close of regular trading. The Board or the Committee may designate a different time or method of determining Fair Market Value if appropriate because of changes in the hours and methods of trading on The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. If the common stock ceases to be listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. the Board or the Committee shall designate an alternative exchange, stock market, or method of determining Fair Market Value of the common stock.

Holding Period. The "Holding Period" shall mean the holding period that is set forth in Section 423(a) of the Code, which, as of the date that the Company's Board of Directors adopted this Plan, is the later of (a) the two-year period after the Commencement Date and (b) the one-year period after transfer to a Participant of any Shares under the Plan.

Offerings. "Offerings" means the consecutive three-month periods for the purchase and sale of Shares under the Plan. Each one of the Offerings shall be referred to as an "Offering."

Participant. "Participant" means an employee who, pursuant to Section 3, is eligible to participate in the Plan and has complied with the requirements of Section 7.

Presidentially Declared Disaster. "Presidentially Declared Disaster" shall have the meaning given to that term in Section 1033(h)(3) of the Code.

Shares. "Shares" means shares of the Company's common stock, $0.001 par value per share, that will be sold to Participants under the Plan.

Subsidiaries. "Subsidiaries" shall mean any present or future domestic or foreign corporation that: (i) would be a "subsidiary corporation" of the Company as that term is defined in Section 424 of the Code, and (ii) whose employees have been designated by the Board or the Committee to be eligible, subject to Section 3, to be Participants under the Plan.

Withdrawal Notice. "Withdrawal Notice" means a notice, in a form designated by the Company, that a Participant who wishes to withdraw from the Plan must submit to the Company pursuant to Section 22.

3. Employees Eligible to Participate. Any regular employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries who (a) is in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the Commencement Date, (b) has been so employed for at least ninety consecutive days, and (c) has been paid for an average of at least twenty hours per week during such employment, is eligible to participate in the Plan.

2

4. Offerings. The Plan shall consist of Offerings commencing on July 1, 1995 and on each subsequent October 1, January 1, April 1, and July 1.

5. Price. The purchase price per Share shall be the lesser of: (1) 85 percent of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Commencement Date if a business day, or the nearest subsequent business day; or (2) 85 percent of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Ending Date, or the nearest prior business day.

6. Number of Shares Offered Under the Plan. The maximum number of Shares that will be offered under the Plan is 32,000,000. If, on any date, the total number of Shares for which purchase rights are to be granted pursuant to Section 9 exceeds the number of Shares then available under this Section 6 after deduction of all Shares (a) that have been purchased under the Plan and (b) for which rights to purchase are then outstanding, the Company shall make a pro-rata allocation of the Shares that remain available in as nearly a uniform manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine, in its sole judgment, to be equitable. In such event, the number of Shares each Participant may purchase shall be reduced and the Company shall give to each Participant a written notice of such reduction.

7. Participation. An eligible employee may become a Participant by completing the enrollment process as designated by the Company prior to the Commencement Date of the Offering to which it relates. Participation in one Offering under the Plan shall neither limit, nor require, participation in any other Offering, but a Participant shall remain enrolled in the Plan until the Participant withdraws from the Plan pursuant to Section 13 hereof, or his or her employment is terminated with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.

8. Payroll Deductions.

8.1 At the time the enrollment process is completed and for so long as a Participant participates in the Plan, each Participant shall authorize the Company to make payroll deductions of a whole percentage (not partial or fractional) of Base Pay; provided, however, that no payroll deduction shall be less than one percent or exceed 10 percent of Base Pay. The amount of the minimum percentage deduction may be adjusted by the Board of Directors or Committee from time to time; provided, however, that a Participant's existing rights under any Offering that has already commenced may not be adversely affected thereby.

8.2 Each Participant's payroll deductions shall be credited to that Participant's Account. A Participant may not make a separate cash payment into such Account nor may payment for Shares be made from other than the Participant's Account.

8.3 A Participant's payroll deductions shall begin on or following the Commencement Date, and shall continue until the termination of the Plan unless the Participant elects to withdraw pursuant to Section 13 or changes his or her contribution percentage prior to the Commencement Date for a subsequent Offering.

3

8.4 A Participant may discontinue participation in the Plan as provided in Section 13, but no other change may be made during an Offering and, specifically, a Participant may not alter the amount or rate of payroll deductions during an Offering.

8.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Committee or any officer designated by the Committee may establish special procedures and permit Affected Persons to reduce the amount or rate of payroll deductions during an Offering, subject to the minimum percentage deduction as provided in Section 8.1; provided, however, that any such procedures do not result in the modification of any outstanding Option within the meaning of
Section 424 of the Code.

9. Granting of Right to Purchase. On the Commencement Date, the Plan shall be deemed to have granted automatically to each Participant a right to purchase as many full Shares (not any fractional Shares) as may be purchased with such Participant's Account.

10. Purchase of Shares. On the Ending Date, each Participant who has not otherwise withdrawn from an Offering shall be deemed to have carried out the right to purchase, and shall be deemed to have purchased at the purchase price set forth in Section 5, the number of full Shares (not any fractional Shares) that may be purchased with such Participant's Account.

11. Participant's Rights as a Shareholder. No Participant shall have any rights of a shareholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares have been purchased in accordance with Section 10 and issued by the Company.

12. Evidence of Ownership of Shares.

12.1 Promptly following the Ending Date of each Offering, the Shares that are purchased by each Participant shall be deposited into an account that is established in the Participant's name with the ESPP Broker.

12.2 A Participant may direct, by written notice to the ESPP Broker prior to the Ending Date of the pertinent Offering, that the ESPP Broker account be established in the names of the Participant and one such other person as may be designated by the Participant as joint tenants with right of survivorship, tenants in common, or community property, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law.

12.3 A Participant shall be free to undertake a disposition, as that term is defined in Section 424(c) of the Code (which generally includes any sale, exchange, gift, or transfer of legal title), of Shares in the Participant's ESPP Broker account at any time, whether by sale, exchange, gift, or other transfer of title. Subject to Section 12.4 below, in the absence of such a disposition of the Shares, however, the Shares must remain in the Participant's account at the ESPP Broker until the Holding Period has been satisfied. With respect to Shares for which the Holding Period has been satisfied, a Participant may move such Shares to an account at another brokerage firm of the Participant's choosing or request that a certificate that represents the Shares be issued and delivered to the Participant.

4

12.4 A Participant who is not subject to United States taxation may, at any time and without regard to the Holding Period, move his or her Shares to an account at another brokerage firm of the Participant's choosing or request that a certificate that represents the Shares be issued and delivered to the Participant.

13. Withdrawal.

13.1 A Participant may withdraw from the Plan, in whole but not in part, by delivering a Withdrawal Notice to the Company by the 15th of the month or date designated by the Company prior to the next Offering. A Participant's withdrawal will become effective on the Commencement Date of the next Offering following withdrawal. After such withdrawal, the Company shall refund the Participant's entire Account as soon as practicable.

13.2 An employee who has previously withdrawn from the Plan may re-enter by complying with the requirements of Section 7. Upon compliance with such requirements, an employee's re-entry into the Plan will become effective on the Commencement Date of the next Offering following the date the employee complies with Section 7 with respect to the re-entry.

13.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Committee or any officer designated by the Committee may establish special procedures and extend the withdrawal period for an Offering at any time during that Offering for Affected Persons, and such a withdrawal will become effective immediately upon receipt of a Withdrawal Notice by the Company pursuant to
Section 22; provided, however, that any such procedures do not result in the modification of any outstanding Option within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code.

14. Carryover of Account. At the conclusion of each Offering, the Company shall automatically re-enroll each Participant in the next Offering, and the balance of each Participant's Account shall be used to purchase Shares in the subsequent Offering, unless the Participant has advised the Company otherwise in writing, or as set forth in Section 20, in which case the Company shall refund to the Participant the funds that remain in the Participant's Account as soon as practicable thereafter.

15. Interest. No interest shall be paid or allowed on a Participant's Account.

16. Rights Not Transferable. No Participant shall be permitted to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of or encumber such Participant's Account or any rights to purchase or to receive Shares under the Plan other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and such rights and interests shall not be liable for, or subject to, a Participant's debts, contracts, or liabilities. If a Participant purports to make a transfer, or a third party makes a claim in respect of a Participant's rights or interests, whether by garnishment, levy, attachment, or otherwise, such purported transfer or claim shall be treated as a withdrawal election under Section 13.

17. Termination of Employment. As soon as practicable upon termination of a Participant's employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever, including but not limited

5

to death or retirement, the Participant's Account shall be refunded to the Participant or the Participant's estate, as applicable.

18. Amendment or Discontinuance of the Plan. The Board or the Committee shall have the right to amend or modify the Plan at any time without notice, and the Board shall have the right to terminate the Plan at any time without notice, provided that (i) subject to Sections 19 and 23.1(b), no Participant's existing rights under any Offering that is in progress may be adversely affected thereby, and (ii) subject to Section 19, in the event that the Board or the Committee desires to retain the favorable tax treatment under Sections 421 and 423 of the Code, no such amendment of the Plan shall increase the number of Shares that were reserved for issuance hereunder unless the Company's shareholders approve such an increase.

19. Changes in Capitalization. In the event of reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, combination of Shares, merger, consolidation, offerings of rights, or any other change in the capital structure of the Company, the Board or the Committee shall make whatever adjustments are appropriate in the number, kind, and the price of the Shares that are available for purchase under the Plan, and in the number of Shares that a Participant is entitled to purchase.

20. Share Ownership. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Participant shall be permitted to subscribe for any Shares under the Plan if such Participant, immediately after such subscription, owns Shares that account for (including all Shares that may be purchased under outstanding subscriptions under the Plan) five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of Shares of the Company or its Subsidiaries. For the foregoing purposes the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining share ownership. In addition, no Participant shall be allowed to subscribe for any Shares under the Plan that permit such Participant's rights to purchase Shares under all "employee stock purchase plans" of the Company and its Subsidiaries to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the Fair Market Value of such Shares for each calendar year in which such right to subscribe is outstanding at any time. For purposes of this Section 20, the Fair Market Value of Shares shall be determined in each case as of the Commencement Date of the Offering in which such Shares are purchased. The Company shall refund as soon as practicable any contributions by a Participant that exceed the limit set forth in the preceding sentence.

21. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or the Committee, which may engage the ESPP Broker to assist in the administration of the Plan. The Board or the Committee shall be vested with full authority to make, administer, and interpret such rules and regulations as it deems necessary to administer the Plan, and any determination, decision, or action of the Board or the Committee in connection with the construction, interpretation, administration, or application of the Plan shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Participants and any and all persons that claim rights or interests under or through a Participant. The Board may delegate any or all of its authority hereunder to a committee of the Board, as it may designate.

22. Notices. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in

6

the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, that is designated by the Company from time to time for the receipt thereof, and, in the absence of such a designation, the Company's Human Resources Department, Attention: Stock Administration shall be authorized to receive such notices.

23. Termination of the Plan.

23.1 This Plan shall terminate at the earliest of the following:

(a) The date of the filing of a Statement of Intent to Dissolve by the Company or the effective date of a merger or consolidation wherein the Company is not to be the surviving corporation, which merger or consolidation is not between or among corporations related to the Company. Prior to the occurrence of either of such events, on such date as the Company may determine, the Company may permit a Participant to carry out the right to purchase, and to purchase at the purchase price set forth in Section 5, the number of full Shares (not any fractional Shares) that may be purchased with that Participant's Account. In such an event, the Company shall refund to the Participant the funds that remain in the Participant's Account after such purchase;

(b) The date the Board acts to terminate the Plan in accordance with Section 18 above; or

(c) The date when all of the Shares that were reserved for issuance hereunder have been purchased.

23.2 Upon termination of the Plan, the Company shall refund to each Participant the balance of each Participant's Account.

24. Limitations on Sale of Stock Purchased Under the Plan. The Plan is intended to provide Shares for investment and not for resale. The Company does not, however, intend to restrict or influence the conduct of any employee's affairs. An employee, therefore, may sell Shares that are purchased under the Plan at any time, subject to compliance with any applicable federal or state securities laws. THE EMPLOYEE ASSUMES THE RISK OF ANY MARKET FLUCTUATIONS IN THE PRICE OF THE SHARES.

25. Governmental Regulation. The Company's obligation to sell and deliver Shares under this Plan is subject to any governmental approval that is required in connection with the authorization, issuance, or sale of such Shares.

26. No Employment Rights. The Plan does not, directly or indirectly, create any right for the benefit of any employee or class of employees to purchase any Shares under the Plan, or create in any employee or class of employees any right with respect to continuation of employment by the Company, and it shall not be deemed to interfere in any way with the Company's right to terminate, or otherwise modify, an employee's employment at any time.

7

27. Governing Law. The law of the state of Washington shall govern all matters that relate to this Plan except to the extent it is superseded by the laws of the United States.

As amended and restated to incorporate an amendment approved by the Compensation and Management Development Committee on September 19, 2006 (effective October 1, 2006), and to reflect two-for-one stock splits on April 27, 2001 and October 21, 2005.

8

EXHIBIT 10.12

DATED 30 MARCH 2004

STARBUCKS CORPORATION

AND

OTHERS

TRUST DEED AND RULES

OF

THE STARBUCKS UK

SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

Approved by a Directors' resolution on: November 20, 2003

Approved by the Inland Revenue on: April 16, 2004

Amended and Restated Rules Approved by a Directors' resolution on: November 14, 2006

Approved by Her Majesty's Revenue & Customs on: [__________]

Inland Revenue reference no: A1860

Prepared by Landwell on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Plumtree Court London EC4A 4HT


CONTENTS

TRUST DEED
CLAUSE                                                                   PAGE NO
----------                                                               -------
1  INTERPRETATION.....................................................       1
2  OBJECT OF TRUST....................................................       2
3  ACHIEVING OBJECT OF TRUST..........................................       2
   3.1  Monies received from Participating Companies..................       2
   3.2  Partnership Shares Money......................................       3
   3.3  Dividends on Shares not Awarded...............................       3
4  UNUSED FUNDS.......................................................       4
   4.1  Trustee to apply unused funds for costs etc...................       4
   4.2  Trustee to account for monies upon termination of Plan........       4
5  RIGHT TO DEAL WITH RECONSTRUCTIONS, ETC............................       5
   5.1  Trustee to act on Participant's directions....................       5
   5.2  No liability for acting on directions.........................       5
6  ACCOUNTABILITY FOR PAYE AND OTHER DEDUCTIONS.......................       5
7  MAINTENANCE OF TRUST RECORDS.......................................       5
   7.1  Trustee to procure preparation of Trust records...............       5
   7.2  Trustee to keep records of PAYE deductions....................       6
   7.3  Trustee to submit Trust records to Company....................       6
   7.4  Company's right to inspect Trust records......................       6
8  SECURITIES AND TITLE...............................................       6
   8.1  Securities may be placed in custody...........................       6
   8.2  More than one Trustee may be registered proprietor............       6
9  APPLICATION OF PLAN TO SUBSIDIARIES................................       7
   9.1  Extension of Plan to Subsidiaries.............................       7
   9.2  Circumstances where Plan may cease to apply to Subsidiary.....       7
   9.3  Trustee not liable to account to former Participating
        Companies.....................................................       7
10 DUTIES OF PARTICIPATING COMPANIES..................................       7
   10.1 Duty to contribute sums and provide information...............       7
   10.2 Continuing liability of former Participating Companies........       8
11 PROTECTION OF TRUSTEE..............................................       8
   11.1 Corporate Trustee.............................................       8
   11.2 Limited liability for monetary obligations....................       8
   11.3 Trustee to comply with Company's directions...................       8
   11.4 Indemnity.....................................................       8
   11.5 No obligation to become involved in management................       9
12 ADDITIONAL POWERS..................................................       9

i

   12.1 Additional powers of Trustee..................................       9
   12.2 Trustee's power to invest monies etc..........................      10
   12.3 Trustee's power of sale.......................................      10
   12.4 Trustee Act 2000..............................................      10
13 PROCEEDINGS OF TRUSTEES............................................      10
   13.1 Scope of clause...............................................      10
   13.2 Regulations for conduct of business...........................      10
   13.3 Quorum for meetings of Trustees...............................      11
   13.4 Majority voting of Trustees...................................      11
   13.5 Written resolutions of Trustees...............................      11
14 ADMINISTRATION.....................................................      11
   14.1 Delegation....................................................      11
   14.2 Trustee being a corporate body................................      11
   14.3 Minutes of meetings...........................................      11
   14.4 Professional advice...........................................      12
   14.5 Trustee's agents..............................................      12
   14.6 Trustee may execute deeds etc.................................      12
15 REMUNERATION AND INTERESTS OF TRUSTEES.............................      12
   15.1 Individual Trustees...........................................      12
   15.2 Professional Trustees.........................................      12
   15.3 Corporate Trustees............................................      13
   15.4 Right to be employed by Company...............................      13
16 PERMITTED DEALINGS OF TRUSTEES.....................................      13
   16.1 Trustees permitted to hold shares etc.........................      13
   16.2 No requirement to account for benefits........................      13
17 NUMBER, APPOINTMENT, RETIREMENT AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEES............      14
   17.1 Minimum number of Trustees....................................      14
   17.2 Statutory power to appoint new and additional Trustees........      14
   17.3 Power to appoint additional Trustees..........................      14
   17.4 Company ceasing to exist......................................      14
   17.5 Removal of Trustees...........................................      15
   17.6 Retirement of Trustees........................................      15
   17.7 Transfer of trust property following removal or retirement of
        Trustee.......................................................      15
   17.8 Section 37 of the Trustee Act 1925............................      15
   17.9 Residence of Trustees.........................................      15
18 DELEGATION OF ADMINISTRATION BY COMPANY AND OTHER MATTERS..........      16
   18.1 Delegation of administration..................................      16
   18.2 Exercise of powers............................................      16
   18.3 Information supplied by Company or Participating Company......      16
19 DURATION AND WINDING UP OF PLAN....................................      16
   19.1 Termination on expiry of Trust Period.........................      16
   19.2 Outstanding liabilities.......................................      17

ii

   19.3 Completion of obligations.....................................      17
20 SUPREMACY OF TRUST DEED OVER RULES.................................      17
21 GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION.....................................      17
   21.1 Governing law.................................................      17
   21.2 Jurisdiction..................................................      17
   21.3 Jurisdiction agreement for benefit of Company.................      17
   21.4 Participant deemed to submit to such jurisdiction.............      17
22 AMENDMENT OF TRUST DEED AND RULES..................................      18
   22.1 Amendment of Trust Deed and Rules.............................      18
   22.2 Amendments to be binding......................................      18
23 GENERAL PROVISIONS.................................................      18
   23.1 Counterparts..................................................      18
   23.2 Irrevocability................................................      18

SCHEDULE
RULES OF STARBUCKS UK SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

RULE

1  INTERPRETATION.....................................................      20
2  PURPOSE OF PLAN....................................................      28
3  PARTICIPATION ON SAME TERMS........................................      28

PART I - PARTNERSHIP SHARES

4  PARTNERSHIP SHARES INVITATIONS.....................................      29
   4.1   Issue of Partnership Shares Invitations......................      29
   4.2   Timing of Partnership Shares Invitations.....................      29
   4.3   Contents of Partnership Shares Invitations...................      29
   4.4   Partnership Shares Agreement and Partnership Shares
         Invitation...................................................      30
   4.5   Contents of Partnership Shares Agreement.....................      30
   4.6   Agreement may be withdrawn...................................      31
   4.7   Excess Salary deductions.....................................      31
   4.8   Scaling down.................................................      31
   4.9   Partnership Shares Money held for Participant................      31
   4.10  Interest on Partnership Shares Money.........................      32
5  INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD......................      32
   5.1   Variation of Salary deductions and intervals.................      32
   5.2   Notice to suspend Salary deductions..........................      32
   5.3   Notice to terminate Partnership Shares Agreement.............      33
   5.4   Employer Company to give effect to notices...................      33
   5.5   Partnership Shares Agreement to apply to new holding.........      33

iii

6  ACQUISITION OF PARTNERSHIP SHARES..................................      34
   6.1   Acquisition of Shares by Trustee (no Accumulation Period)....      34
   6.2   Acquisition of Shares by Trustee (with Accumulation Period)..      34
   6.3   Notification of acquisition to Participants..................      34
   6.4   Salary deductions not invested in Partnership Shares.........      35
7  TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP SHARES BY PARTICIPANT......................      35
   7.1  Participants may request transfer of Partnership Shares.......      35
   7.2  Trustee to comply with request................................      35
8  CESSATION OF RELEVANT EMPLOYMENT...................................      35
   8.1   Trustee to be notified of cessation of Relevant Employment...      35
   8.2   Cessation of Relevant Employment prior to Partnership Shares
         Acquisition Date.............................................      35
   8.3   Transfer of Partnership Shares on cessation of Relevant
         Employment...................................................      36

PART II - MATCHING SHARES

9  NOTIFICATION OF MATCHING SHARES....................................      37
   9.1   Relationship to Partnership Shares...........................      37
   9.2   Additional contents of Partnership Shares Agreement..........      37
10 APPROPRIATION OF MATCHING SHARES...................................      38
   10.1  Determination of number of Matching Shares...................      38
   10.2  Appropriation of Matching Shares.............................      38
   10.3  Notification of Appropriation to Participants................      38
11 RESTRICTIONS ON DEALINGS IN, AND PERMITTED TRANSFERS OF, MATCHING
   SHARES.............................................................      38
   11.1  Restrictions on disposals by Participants....................      38
   11.2  Restrictions on disposals by Trustee.........................      39
   11.3  Transfer of Matching Shares after Matching Shares Holding
         Period.......................................................      39
12 CESSATION OF RELEVANT EMPLOYMENT AND EARLY WITHDRAWAL OF
   PARTNERSHIP SHARES.................................................      39
   12.1  Trustee to be notified of cessation of Relevant Employment...      39
   12.2  Early withdrawal of Partnership Shares.......................      40
   12.3  Early transfer of Matching Shares............................      40
   12.4  Forfeiture of Matching Shares................................      40
   12.5  Injury, disability, redundancy, retirement etc...............      40
   12.6  Death........................................................      41

PART III - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

13 REQUIREMENTS GENERALLY APPLICABLE TO PLAN SHARES...................      42
   13.1  Participants may elect not to participate....................      42
   13.2  Individuals eligible for Appropriation.......................      42
   13.3  Shares not Appropriated or forfeited.........................      42

iv

   13.4  Shares ceasing to qualify....................................      42
   13.5  Death of Participant.........................................      42
   13.6  Funds to be provided by Participating Companies..............      43
   13.7  Shares purchased off market by Trustee.......................      43
   13.8  Subscription price...........................................      43
   13.9  Rights attaching to subscribed Shares........................      43
   13.10 Proportionate apportionment of Shares with different rights..      43
   13.11 Foreign dividends............................................      44
   13.12 Timing of contributions to Trustee...........................      44
14 PERMITTED DEALINGS IN PLAN SHARES..................................      44
15 RECEIPTS BY TRUSTEE................................................      45
16 EXERCISE OF VOTING RIGHTS ATTACHING TO PLAN SHARES.................      45
17 COMPANY RECONSTRUCTIONS............................................      46
   17.1  New holdings of Shares.......................................      46
   17.2  Meaning of "new holding".....................................      46
18 RIGHTS ISSUES......................................................      47
   18.1  Application of rule..........................................      47
   18.2  Trustee to provide information to Participants...............      47
   18.3  Participants to give written directions to Trustee...........      47
   18.4  Cash amounts arising to be dealt with by Trustee.............      47
   18.5  Failure by Participant to give any direction.................      48
19 CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION..........................................      48
20 DUTY TO ACCOUNT FOR PAYE ON CASH AMOUNTS...........................      48
   20.1  Trustee to make PAYE deductions..............................      48
   20.2  Trustee to deal with PAYE deductions.........................      48
21 DUTY TO ACCOUNT FOR PAYE ON TRANSFERS OF ASSETS....................      49
   21.1  Trustee to make PAYE deductions..............................      49
   21.2  Trustee to deal with PAYE deductions.........................      49
22 APPORTIONMENT OF CAPITAL RECEIPTS..................................      49
   22.1  Treatment of Capital Receipts................................      49
   22.2  Trustee to inform Participants...............................      50
23 TERMINATION OF PLAN................................................      50
   23.1  Company may terminate Plan...................................      50
   23.2  Consequences of termination of Plan..........................      50
   23.3  Inland Revenue withdrawal of Plan approval...................      51
24 SHARES FROM QUALIFYING SHARE OWNERSHIP TRUSTS......................      51
25 NOTICES............................................................      51
   25.1  Notice by Company, Employer Company, Directors or Trustee....      51
   25.2  Deceased Participant.........................................      51
   25.3  Notice to Company, Employer Company, Directors or Trustee....      51
   25.4  Distribution of Company documentation........................      52
   25.5  Notification of liability to income tax......................      52

v

   25.6  Exclusion of electronic communications in certain
         circumstances................................................      52
26 FRACTIONAL ENTITLEMENTS............................................      52
27 PROTECTION OF TRUSTEE..............................................      52
28 RELATIONSHIP OF PLAN TO CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT.....................      53
29 ALTERATIONS........................................................      53

vi

THIS DEED OF TRUST IS MADE ON _______________ 2004

BETWEEN:

(1) STARBUCKS CORPORATION incorporated under the laws of the State of Washington, United States of America whose principal office is situated at 2401 Utah Avenue South, Seattle, WA 98134, United States of America ("the Company");

(2) YORKSHIRE BUILDING SOCIETY whose principal office is situated at Yorkshire House, Yorkshire Drive, Bradford BD5 8LJ, United Kingdom; and

(3) STARBUCKS COFFEE COMPANY (UK) LIMITED incorporated in England and Wales under company number 2959325 whose registered office is situated at 11 Heathmans Road, Parsons Green, London SW6 4TJ, United Kingdom.

PRELIMINARY:

(A) The Company wishes to establish a share incentive plan approved in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 2 and constituting an Employees' Share Scheme.

(B) The Plan has been approved by a resolution of the Directors passed at a meeting held on November 20, 2003.

(C) The Trustee has agreed to act as the first trustee of the Plan.

(D) The Trustee has received the sum of L50 from the Company as an initial contribution to the trusts established by this Trust Deed.

THE TRUST DEED WITNESSES as follows:

1 INTERPRETATION

In this Trust Deed:

1.1 unless the context otherwise requires the definitions set out in Rule 1.1 of the Rules in the schedule to this Trust Deed (the "Rules") shall apply and the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings:

(1)

BENEFICIARY    a bona fide employee or former employee of the Company, a
               Subsidiary or the Company's holding company or any company
               over which the Company's holding company has Control;

CHARITABLE     exclusively charitable under English law;

TRUST DEED     this trust deed in its present form or as amended from time
               to time;

TRUST PERIOD   the period commencing on the date of this Trust Deed an
               ending on the expiry of 80 years from the date of this Trust
               Deed and so that the period of 80 years from the date of
               this Trust Deed shall be the perpetuity period for the
               purpose of section 1 of the Perpetuities and Accumulations
               Act 1964; and

TRUSTEE        Yorkshire Building Society and any additional or replacement
               trustee from time to time of the Plan.

1.2 Unless otherwise specified, the interpretation provisions of Rule 1.2 of the Rules shall apply.

1.3 References to clauses are to clauses of this Trust Deed.

2 OBJECT OF TRUST

All Plan Shares and any other assets held by the Trustee will be held UPON TRUST for the Beneficiaries respectively entitled to them under the Plan subject to the provisions set out below and to the power of the Trustee to transfer or cause to be transferred to the person beneficially entitled to them any Plan Shares in accordance with the Plan.

3 ACHIEVING OBJECT OF TRUST

3.1 MONIES RECEIVED FROM PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

Subject to the provisions set out below the Trustee shall apply monies it receives from the Participating Companies in the acquisition of Shares for Appropriation or for the purposes of clause 4.1 and to hold such Shares once Appropriated and all other trust property deriving from such Shares on trust for the Participants to whom such Shares have been Appropriated and to apply and deal with the same in accordance with the Plan provided always that:

(2)

3.1.1 the Trustee shall not dispose of a Participant's Matching Shares during the Matching Shares Holding Period (whether by transfer to the Participant or otherwise) except as provided by the Rules;

3.1.2 the Trustee shall not (subject to the Rules) dispose of any of a Participant's Matching Shares after the end of the Matching Shares Holding Period except pursuant to a direction validly given by or on behalf of the Participant or any person in whom the beneficial interest in those Shares is for the time being vested; and

3.1.3 the Trustee shall deal with any right attaching to Matching Shares to be allotted or to acquire other shares, securities or rights of any description only pursuant to a written direction given by or on behalf of the Participant or any person in whom the beneficial interest in such Matching Shares is for the time being vested.

3.2 PARTNERSHIP SHARES MONEY

Subject to the provisions set out below the Trustee shall apply Partnership Shares Money in the acquisition of Partnership Shares and shall hold such Shares once acquired on trust for the Participants on whose respective behalves they have been acquired and apply and deal with the same in accordance with the Plan provided always that:

3.2.1 the Trustee shall not (subject to the Rules) dispose of a Participant's Partnership Shares (whether by transfer to the Participant or otherwise) except pursuant to a written direction validly given by or on behalf of the Participant or any person in whom the beneficial interest in those Partnership Shares is for the time being vested;

3.2.2 the Trustee shall deal with any right attaching to Partnership Shares to acquire other shares securities or rights of any description only pursuant to a written direction given by or on behalf of the Participant or any person in whom the beneficial interest in the Partnership Shares is for the time being vested.

3.3 DIVIDENDS ON SHARES NOT AWARDED

The Trustee shall not demand or in any way enforce payment of any dividends which would otherwise be payable on any Shares for the time being comprised within the Trust Fund which are not held for the benefit of a Participant in consequence of an Appropriation to him or any acquisition of Partnership Shares by him and the Trustee hereby waives its entitlement thereto save to the extent of L0.0001 per Share but where

(3)

the Company decides to pay dividends on such Shares the Trustee shall retain such dividends to be used for the general purposes of the Plan.

4 UNUSED FUNDS

4.1 TRUSTEE TO APPLY UNUSED FUNDS FOR COSTS ETC

Where pursuant to the Plan the Trustee holds any monies, shares, securities or other assets which represent or represent income derived from:

4.1.1 any monies or assets received from the Participating Companies for the purposes of the Plan but which have not been applied and which are not required to be applied under the Plan for an Appropriation; or

4.1.2 any Capital Receipt of less than L3 which would be distributable to a Participant save for the provisions concerning such sums in the Rules; and

4.1.3 any assets relating to the Plan (including any amounts specifically paid to the Trustee as a contribution to any costs, charges and expenses incurred in connection with the establishment and operation of the Plan) which are not held for the benefit of a Participant in consequence of an Appropriation to him or any acquisition of Partnership Shares by him and which are not required to be applied under the Plan;

the Trustee may apply such assets or the sale proceeds thereof in or towards any reasonable costs, charges and expenses of the Plan (including for the avoidance of doubt any amounts necessary to facilitate the Award of Partnership Shares) and may during the Trust Period and subject to the law relating to accumulations accumulate any income thereon and hold the same for the general purposes of the Plan. The Trustee shall notify the Company on request of all amounts and assets held for such purposes.

4.2 TRUSTEE TO ACCOUNT FOR MONIES UPON TERMINATION OF PLAN

If at any time the Plan is terminated the Trustee shall account to the Participating Companies as instructed by the Company for any unused monies then held on the trusts of clause 4.1. Notwithstanding such termination the Trustee shall continue to administer the Plan in accordance with the Trust Deed and the Rules. At the earlier of the expiry of the Trust Period and the third anniversary of the termination of the Plan the Trustee shall convert into money any trust property held subject to the trusts of the Plan declared in the Trust Deed and which are not Partnership Shares nor Appropriated to Participants and shall pay such money to such one or more Charitable organisations and if more than one in such proportions as the Trustee shall, in its absolute discretion determine. The receipt

(4)

of the proper officer of the recipient Charitable organisation shall be a valid discharge of the Trustee for the benefit received by it.

5 RIGHT TO DEAL WITH RECONSTRUCTIONS, ETC

5.1 TRUSTEE TO ACT ON PARTICIPANT'S DIRECTIONS

The Trustee may at any time on behalf of any Participant who has given a direction to the Trustee under the Rules (but not otherwise) enter into any compromise or arrangement with respect to or may release or forbear to exercise all or any of its rights as shareholder whether in connection with a scheme of reconstruction or amalgamation or otherwise and may accept in or towards satisfaction of all or any of such rights such consideration as such Participant shall direct whether in the form of cash, stock, shares, debentures, debenture stock or obligations or securities without the Trustee being in any way liable or responsible for any loss resulting from complying with any such direction or any liability or increased liability of such Participant to tax or in respect of any inadequacy or alleged inadequacy in the nature or amount of such consideration.

5.2 NO LIABILITY FOR ACTING ON DIRECTIONS

The Trustee shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or any liability or increased liability of a Participant to tax arising out of the failure of such Participant to give a direction to the Trustee or the failure of such Participant to give a direction to the Trustee within a particular time or if the Participant has directed the Trustee to use its discretion in any way arising out of the bona fide exercise by the Trustee of that discretion.

6 ACCOUNTABILITY FOR PAYE AND OTHER DEDUCTIONS

The Company, any Employer Company or the Trustee may account to the Inland Revenue or other authority concerned for any amounts deducted from payments made, or assets transferred, pursuant to the Plan in respect of income tax or any other deductions required by statute or regulations made thereunder.

7 MAINTENANCE OF TRUST RECORDS

7.1 TRUSTEE TO PROCURE PREPARATION OF TRUST RECORDS

The Trustee shall maintain all necessary accounts (including the accounts of individual employees), records and other documents necessary to carry out its obligations in connection with:

(5)

7.1.1 the proper administration of the Plan (including maintaining records of employees who have been participants in more than one share incentive plan approved under Schedule 2 and established by the Company or a Connected Company); and

7.1.2 the PAYE obligations of the Employer Company so far as they relate to the Plan.

7.2 TRUSTEE TO KEEP RECORDS OF PAYE DEDUCTIONS

The Trustee shall keep records of all PAYE deductions, including payments to the Employer Companies in respect of PAYE obligations.

7.3 TRUSTEE TO SUBMIT TRUST RECORDS TO COMPANY

The Trustee shall submit to the Company such reports or other information as it may reasonably require for the purpose of ensuring that the Plan is properly administered and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the Trustee shall submit to the Company copies of all documents including the annual returns which have been supplied to the Board of Inland Revenue within twenty-one days of their being so supplied.

7.4 COMPANY'S RIGHT TO INSPECT TRUST RECORDS

The Company shall at all times be entitled on service of three days written notice or as otherwise agreed between the Company and the Trustee to inspect all accounts, documents and records maintained by the Trustee for the purposes of the Plan and may at any time and at its absolute discretion audit or cause to be audited those accounts, documents and records.

8 SECURITIES AND TITLE

8.1 SECURITIES MAY BE PLACED IN CUSTODY

The Trustee may place the documents of title for the time being in its possession in any bank or safe deposit and shall not be responsible for any losses incurred by so doing.

8.2 MORE THAN ONE TRUSTEE MAY BE REGISTERED PROPRIETOR

At any time when there is more than one Trustee, they shall be entitled to procure that any one or more of them may be registered as proprietor of any property held by them upon the trusts of the Trust Deed.

(6)

9 APPLICATION OF PLAN TO SUBSIDIARIES

9.1 EXTENSION OF PLAN TO SUBSIDIARIES

The Plan may with the consent of the Company be extended to any Subsidiary by a deed of adherence in a form approved by the Company executed by that Subsidiary and the Company.

9.2 CIRCUMSTANCES WHERE PLAN MAY CEASE TO APPLY TO SUBSIDIARY

The Plan shall cease to extend to a Participating Company when:

9.2.1 such Participating Company ceases to be a Subsidiary; or

9.2.2 a notice is served by the Company upon the Trustee and the Participating Company that the Plan shall cease to apply to that Participating Company; or

9.2.3 a Participating Company withdraws from the Plan on such conditions as may be agreed by the Company

but such cessation shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants under the Plan which have arisen under the Plan prior to such cessation.

9.3 TRUSTEE NOT LIABLE TO ACCOUNT TO FORMER PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

Where the Plan ceases to extend to a Participating Company in accordance with clause 9.2 then the Trustee shall not be liable to account to such Participating Company for any unused monies then held on the trusts of clause 4.1.

10 DUTIES OF PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

10.1 DUTY TO CONTRIBUTE SUMS AND PROVIDE INFORMATION

If and so long as any company is a Participating Company it shall:

10.1.1 contribute and pay to the Trustee such sums as are required by the Trustee to purchase or subscribe for Shares to be Awarded to Participants of that Participating Company together with a fair proportion of the sums required to meet:

10.1.1.1 the reasonable expenses of the Trustee in operating and administering the Plan; and

(7)

10.1.1.2 any remuneration payable to the Trustee

to the extent that such expenses and remuneration cannot be met out of such of the assets held by the Trustee as are applicable for that purpose.

10.1.2 provide the Trustee with all information reasonably required from it for the purposes of the administration and operation of the Plan in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require.

10.2 CONTINUING LIABILITY OF FORMER PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

Any company that ceases to be a Participating Company shall remain liable to meet its fair proportion of the expenses of the Trustee.

11 PROTECTION OF TRUSTEE

11.1 CORPORATE TRUSTEE

For the purpose of this clause 11, in the case of a corporate trustee, the term Trustee shall include the Trustee's directors, officers and employees.

11.2 LIMITED LIABILITY FOR MONETARY OBLIGATIONS

The Trustee shall not be liable to satisfy any monetary obligations under the Plan (including but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing any monetary obligations to Eligible Partners) beyond the sums of money (including income) from time to time in its hands or under its control as Trustee of the Plan and properly applicable for that purpose.

11.3 TRUSTEE TO COMPLY WITH COMPANY'S DIRECTIONS

The Trustee shall comply with any directions given by the Company (including for the avoidance of doubt any person to whom any delegation under clause 18.1 has been made) under the Plan and shall not be under any liability in respect of such compliance to the Company (or such other person under clause 18.1) or to any Eligible Partner.

11.4 INDEMNITY

The Company shall indemnify the Trustee in respect of the liabilities that the Trustee incurs in connection with the Trust on the terms mutually agreed from time to time.

(8)

11.5 NO OBLIGATION TO BECOME INVOLVED IN MANAGEMENT

The Trustee shall not be under any obligation to:

11.5.1 become a director or other officer, or interfere in the management or affairs, of any company, any of the shares, debentures, debenture stock or securities which are held on the trusts created by the Trust Deed or of any company associated with any such company, notwithstanding that the Trustee may have (whether directly or indirectly) a substantial holding in, or control of, any such company; or

11.5.2 seek information about the affairs of any such company but may leave the conduct of the affairs of any such company to its directors, officers or other persons managing the company provided the Trustee has no actual notice of any act of dishonesty on the part of such persons in connection with the management of the company.

12 ADDITIONAL POWERS

12.1 ADDITIONAL POWERS OF TRUSTEE

In addition and without prejudice to the powers vested in it by the other provisions of the Trust Deed and by law, the Trustee shall have the following powers and discretions:

12.1.1 to agree with the Company all matters relating to the operation and administration of the trusts created by the Trust Deed and so that no person claiming an interest under the Trust shall be entitled to question the legality or correctness of any arrangement or agreement made between the Company and the Trustee in relation to such operation and administration;

12.1.2 from time to time in writing to authorise such other person or persons whether or not a Trustee, as the Trustee shall think fit to draw and endorse cheques and to give receipts and discharges for any monies or other property payable transferable or deliverable to the Trustee and every such receipt or discharge shall be as valid and effectual as if such receipt or discharge was given by the Trustee and the production of such written authority of the Trustee shall be a sufficient protection to any person taking any such receipt or discharge and (unless that person shall have received express notice in writing of the revocation of the authority) he shall be entitled to assume and act upon the assumption that the authority remains unrevoked;

12.1.3 at any time, to borrow or raise money only for the purpose of subscribing for or purchasing Shares or any other purpose for which money may be applied under

(9)

the Trust Deed. Any loan made by a Participating Company to the Trustee shall be on such terms as the Participating Company and the Trustee agree;

12.1.4 to make any payment to any Beneficiary into the Beneficiary's bank account and the Trustee shall be discharged from obtaining a receipt or seeing the application of any such payment; and

12.1.5 to pay any amount, whether income or capital, intended to be paid to, or applied for the benefit generally of, any minor to his or her parent or guardian, whose receipt shall be a valid discharge of the Trustee.

12.2 TRUSTEE'S POWER TO INVEST MONIES ETC

Subject to any provision to the contrary in the Rules the Trustee shall in respect of monies or other assets not held on trust for a Participant have the same full and unrestricted powers of investing and transposing investments and laying out monies in all respects as if it were absolutely entitled to them beneficially and without regard to any requirement as to diversification.

12.3 TRUSTEE'S POWER OF SALE

Subject to any provision to the contrary in the Rules the Trustee shall in respect of any assets not held on trust for a Participant have all the powers of sale of a beneficial owner in respect of such assets.

12.4 TRUSTEE ACT 2000

Sections 4 and 5 of, and paragraph 1 of Schedule 1 to, the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply.

13 PROCEEDINGS OF TRUSTEES

13.1 SCOPE OF CLAUSE

Unless a corporate trustee is the sole Trustee, the following provisions of this clause 13 shall govern the proceedings of the Trustees.

13.2 REGULATIONS FOR CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The Trustees shall meet together and, subject to the following provisions of this clause 13, make such regulations for the conduct of their business as they determine.

(10)

13.3 QUORUM FOR MEETINGS OF TRUSTEES

The quorum for any meeting of the Trustees shall be two. A meeting of the Trustees at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the powers and discretions exercisable by the Trustees generally.

13.4 MAJORITY VOTING OF TRUSTEES

At any meeting of the Trustees, all questions shall be decided by a majority of the votes of the Trustees present and voting thereon. In the event of an equality of votes, the chairman of the meeting, if any, shall have a second or casting vote. In the event of an equality of votes on the election of a chairman at any meeting, the chairman shall be chosen by lot.

13.5 WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS OF TRUSTEES

A resolution in writing signed by all the Trustees shall be as valid and effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Trustees and the same may consist of two or more documents in similar form each signed by one or more of the Trustees.

14 ADMINISTRATION

14.1 DELEGATION

Where there is more than one Trustee, the Trustees may from time to time delegate any business to any one or more of their number.

14.2 TRUSTEE BEING A CORPORATE BODY

A Trustee which is a corporate body may in its capacity as a Trustee act by its officers and employees and may by such officers and employees have and exercise all powers trusts and discretions vested in it under the Trust Deed.

14.3 MINUTES OF MEETINGS

The Trustee shall cause proper minutes to be kept and entered in a book provided for the purpose of all its resolutions and proceedings and any such minutes of any meeting of the Trustee, if purported to be signed by the chairman of such meeting or by the chairman of a subsequent meeting, shall be admissible as prima facie evidence of the matters stated in such minutes.

(11)

14.4 PROFESSIONAL ADVICE

The Trustee may employ and act on the advice or opinion of any solicitor, accountant, or other person engaged in any profession or business whether such advice was obtained by the Trustee or by the Company. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any loss occasioned by its acting on that advice.

14.5 TRUSTEE'S AGENTS

The Trustee may employ on such terms as the Company may agree as to remuneration any agent to transact any business in connection with the Plan and the Trustee shall not be liable for any loss arising by reason of the fraud or negligence of such agent.

14.6 TRUSTEE MAY EXECUTE DEEDS ETC

The Trustee may execute or authorise the execution or delivery by any agent of it of any trust, deeds, documents or other instruments by the impression of the Trustees' signatures (where there is more than one Trustee) or (in the case of a sole corporate Trustee) by the signature of two or more officers of the corporate Trustee, in writing, printing, lithograph, photocopying and other modes of representing or reproducing words in a visible form and may authorise the delivery of such instruments on its behalf.

15 REMUNERATION AND INTERESTS OF TRUSTEES

15.1 INDIVIDUAL TRUSTEES

Any individual Trustee shall be entitled to receive and retain as remuneration for his services under the Trust Deed such sum or sums as a Participating Company may from time to time resolve to pay to him notwithstanding that he is also an officer or employee of a Participating Company and he shall not be disqualified from voting or taking part in any decision of the Trustees on any matter by virtue of any personal or beneficial interest (actual or prospective) therein.

15.2 PROFESSIONAL TRUSTEES

Any Trustee who is a solicitor, accountant, or other person engaged in any profession or business shall be entitled to charge and be paid all normal and other charges for business transacted, services rendered or time spent personally or by the Trustee's firm in connection with the Plan, including acts which a Trustee not engaged in any profession or business could have done personally.

(12)

15.3 CORPORATE TRUSTEES

Any Trustee which is a corporate body shall be entitled to charge and be paid such reasonable remuneration or charges as shall from time to time be agreed in writing between the Company and such corporate body and any such corporate body (being a bank) shall be entitled subject to the written consent of the Company, to act as banker and perform any services in relation to the Plan on the same terms as would be made with a customer in the ordinary course of its business as a banker without accounting for any resultant profit including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing retention of its customary share of brokerage commission.

15.4 RIGHT TO BE EMPLOYED BY COMPANY

Any Trustee or officer of a corporate trustee may be employed by, or be appointed an officer of, the Company or any Subsidiary and shall be entitled to keep for his benefit such remuneration or any other benefit as he may receive by virtue of such position and shall not be liable to account for any such benefit.

16 PERMITTED DEALINGS OF TRUSTEES

16.1 TRUSTEES PERMITTED TO HOLD SHARES ETC

No Trustee (nor any director or other officer or employee of a corporate body acting as a Trustee) shall be precluded from acquiring, holding or dealing with any shares, debentures, debenture stock or securities of the Company or any Participating Company or any other company in which the Trustee may be interested or from entering into any contract or other transaction with the Company or any Participating Company or any such other company or being interested in any such contract or transaction. No Trustee (nor any director or other officer of a company acting as a Trustee) shall be liable to account to any Beneficiary, Eligible Partner or Participant or, where there is more than one Trustee, to the other Trustees or the Company or any Participating Company or such other company for any profits so made or benefits so obtained by him.

16.2 NO REQUIREMENT TO ACCOUNT FOR BENEFITS

The Trustee (and any director or other officer of a corporate body acting as a Trustee) who is or becomes a Participant may retain all benefits to which he becomes entitled under the Plan and shall not be liable to account for any such benefit.

(13)

17 NUMBER, APPOINTMENT, RETIREMENT AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEES

17.1 MINIMUM NUMBER OF TRUSTEES

The minimum number of Trustees shall be:

17.1.1 in the case of a Trustee which is a corporate body (whether or not a trust corporation), one; and

17.1.2 in any other case, three.

17.1.3 while the number of Trustees is below the minimum number, a continuing Trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any power or discretion under the Trust Deed.

17.1.4 if, after the removal, retirement or death of a Trustee, there are fewer than the minimum number of Trustees required by clause 17.1, the Company shall forthwith appoint a new Trustee in place of the removed retiring or dead Trustee.

17.2 STATUTORY POWER TO APPOINT NEW AND ADDITIONAL TRUSTEES

The statutory power of appointing new and additional Trustees contained in section 36 of the Trustee Act 1925 shall be vested in the Company and may be exercised by a resolution of the Directors or in writing signed by a person duly authorised by a resolution of the Directors.

17.3 POWER TO APPOINT ADDITIONAL TRUSTEES

In addition to the statutory power of appointing new and additional Trustees, the Company shall have the power by a resolution of the Directors or in writing signed by a person duly authorised by a resolution of the Directors to appoint additional Trustees notwithstanding that the effect of such appointment would be to increase the number of Trustees beyond four.

17.4 COMPANY CEASING TO EXIST

If the Company ceases to exist otherwise than in consequence of a reconstruction or amalgamation, all powers of appointing and removing Trustees shall become vested in the Trustee.

(14)

17.5 REMOVAL OF TRUSTEES

The Company may by a resolution of the Directors or in writing signed by a person duly authorised by a resolution of the Directors, notice of which, in either case, is given to the Trustee, and without assigning any reason therefor, remove a Trustee from office, but not so as to reduce the number of Trustees below that specified in clause 17.1. If no later date is specified in the notice, such removal shall take place immediately on the receipt of the notice by the Trustee. If a later date is specified in the notice, such removal shall take place on the later of the receipt of the notice by the Trustee and the date specified in the notice.

17.6 RETIREMENT OF TRUSTEES

A Trustee may retire by giving the Company written notice of his desire to retire but not so as to reduce the number of Trustees below that specified in clause 17.1.

If the requirements of clause 17.1 will continue to be satisfied such notice shall take effect at the expiry of three months or such other period as may be agreed in writing by the Company after the date of such notice.

If the requirements of clause 17.1 will not continue to be satisfied, the Company shall, within three months after the giving of such notice, appoint an additional Trustee. If the Company fails to do so within such period, the retiring Trustee may by deed appoint an additional Trustee and his retirement shall thereupon become effective.

17.7 TRANSFER OF TRUST PROPERTY FOLLOWING REMOVAL OR RETIREMENT OF TRUSTEE

Forthwith following his removal or retirement as a Trustee, the outgoing Trustee shall transfer all property held by him subject to the Plan and deliver all documents in his possession relating to the Plan to the remaining Trustees and shall execute all such documents and do all such things as may be necessary to give effect to his removal or retirement.

17.8 SECTION 37 OF THE TRUSTEE ACT 1925

Section 37(1)(c) of the Trustee Act 1925 shall apply to the Plan as if all references in that section to a trust corporation were references to any company authorised by its memorandum and articles to undertake trust business.

17.9 RESIDENCE OF TRUSTEES

The Company shall ensure that all the Trustees or any sole Trustee which is a corporate body shall at all times be resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom.

(15)

18 DELEGATION OF ADMINISTRATION BY COMPANY AND OTHER MATTERS

18.1 DELEGATION OF ADMINISTRATION

The Company or the Directors may at any time delegate in writing to the directors of any Participating Company or to the Company's or any Participating Company's duly authorised officers any of its powers and duties under the Trust Deed or the Rules or any business including the exercise of any discretion provided always that the Company shall not delegate the duties imposed on it or the rights given to it under clauses 9.1, 11.4, 17.2, 17.3, 17.5 or 22.

18.2 EXERCISE OF POWERS

Except as otherwise provided in the Trust Deed or in the Rules the powers and discretions exercisable by the Company or any Participating Company in relation to the Plan shall be exercisable in the case of the Company by the Directors and otherwise by resolution of the board of directors of such Participating Company or by a duly authorised committee thereof and a copy of any resolution signed or purporting to be signed by the secretary or any director of such company shall be sufficient authority to the Trustee to act thereunder.

18.3 INFORMATION SUPPLIED BY COMPANY OR PARTICIPATING COMPANY

The Trustee shall be entitled, in the absence of manifest error, to rely without further enquiry on any information or advice supplied to it by the Company or any Participating Company in connection with the trust created by the Trust Deed.

19 DURATION AND WINDING UP OF PLAN

19.1 TERMINATION ON EXPIRY OF TRUST PERIOD

The Plan shall terminate on the earlier of:

19.1.1 the expiry of the Trust Period; and

19.1.2 a plan termination notice validly issued under Rule 22

and references throughout the Trust Deed and the Rules to a termination of the Plan shall be taken to be a termination as herein provided.

(16)

19.2 OUTSTANDING LIABILITIES

On or after the termination of the Plan no further sums shall be paid to the Trustee by the Participating Companies save that all Participating Companies shall remain liable to pay their just proportion of the costs charges and expenses of the Plan.

19.3 COMPLETION OF OBLIGATIONS

Following any termination of the Plan the Trustee shall remain responsible for the completion of its obligations under the Plan.

20 SUPREMACY OF TRUST DEED OVER RULES

The Trustee's rights duties and powers are regulated by the Trust Deed and by the Rules and in the case of inconsistency or conflict between the provisions of the Trust Deed and of the Rules the provisions of the Trust Deed shall prevail.

21 GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

21.1 GOVERNING LAW

The formation, existence, construction, performance, validity and all aspects whatsoever of the Trust Deed and the Rules or any term of the Trust Deed or any Rules shall be governed by English law.

21.2 JURISDICTION

Subject to clause 21.3, the English courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute which may arise out of, or in connection with, the Trust Deed or the Rules.

21.3 JURISDICTION AGREEMENT FOR BENEFIT OF COMPANY

The Company retains the right to bring proceedings in the English courts or any other court of competent jurisdiction.

21.4 PARTICIPANT DEEMED TO SUBMIT TO SUCH JURISDICTION

By applying for and/or accepting an Award and not renouncing it, a Participant is deemed to have agreed to submit to such jurisdiction.

(17)

22 AMENDMENT OF TRUST DEED AND RULES

22.1 AMENDMENT OF TRUST DEED AND RULES

The Company may at any time and from time to time in the case of the Trust Deed by a supplemental deed and in the case of the Rules by resolution of the Directors amend, modify, or alter the Plan in any respect (such amendment modification or alteration being referred to in this clause 22.1 as a "modification") provided that:

22.1.1 no modification shall alter to the disadvantage of any Participant his rights which have accrued to him under the Plan before the date of such modification;

22.1.2 no modification shall modify or alter to the disadvantage of the Trustee the provisions for its protection and indemnity contained in the Plan without the written agreement of the Trustee;

22.1.3 no modification shall be made which would or might infringe any rule against perpetuities or which could result in the Plan ceasing to be an Employees' Share Scheme; and

22.1.4 whilst the Plan is approved by the Board of Inland Revenue, no modification to any key feature (as defined in paragraph 84(6) of Schedule 2) of the Plan shall take effect without the approval of the Board of Inland Revenue.

22.2 AMENDMENTS TO BE BINDING

Any modification made in accordance with the provisions of this clause 22 shall be binding upon all persons from time to time interested in the Plan including the Company and any Participating Company.

23 GENERAL PROVISIONS

23.1 COUNTERPARTS

The Trust Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all the counterparts will together constitute one and the same Trust Deed.

23.2 IRREVOCABILITY

Subject to the provisions of the Trust Deed, the trusts hereby declared are irrevocable.

(18)

EXECUTED by the parties as a deed and delivered on the date first mentioned above.

SIGNED as a deed by
STARBUCKS CORPORATION
acting by an officer and its secretary:


Officer


Corporate Secretary

The Seal of YORKSHIRE BUILDING SOCIETY
was hereto affixed in the presence of:


By the authority of the Board of
Directors

SIGNED as a deed by
STARBUCKS COFFEE COMPANY (UK) LIMITED
acting by a director and its secretary/ two directors:


Director


Director/Secretary

(19)

SCHEDULE

RULES OF THE STARBUCKS UK SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

1 INTERPRETATION

1.1 In the Rules, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions have the following meanings:

ACCUMULATION PERIOD               a period determined at the discretion of
                                  the Company, not exceeding 12 months
                                  which must be the same for all
                                  individuals entering into Partnership
                                  Shares Agreements;

APPROPRIATE                       to confer a beneficial interest in
                                  Matching Shares on a Participant, subject
                                  to the provisions of the Plan, and the
                                  expressions "Appropriation" and
                                  "Appropriated" shall be construed
                                  accordingly;

ASSOCIATE                         the meaning set out in paragraphs 22, 23
                                  and 24 of Schedule 2;

ASSOCIATED COMPANY                in relation to two companies if:

                                  (a)  one company has control of the
                                       other; or

                                  (b)  both are under the control of the
                                       same person or persons;

                                  and for the purposes of this definition,
                                  "control" has the meaning set out in
                                  section 416(2) to (6) ICTA 1988;

AWARD                             the award to Participants of Partnership
                                  Shares or Matching Shares in accordance
                                  with the Plan and "Awarded" shall be
                                  construed accordingly;

CAPITAL RECEIPT                   a receipt by the Trustee of money or
                                  money's worth of the type defined in
                                  section 502 ITEPA 2003;

CLOSE COMPANY                     the meaning set out in section 414 ICTA
                                  1988 as modified by paragraph 20 of
                                  Schedule 2;

(20)

COMPANY                           Starbucks Corporation, incorporated under
                                  the laws of the State of Washington,
                                  United States of America;

CONNECTED COMPANY                 (a)  a company which Controls or is
                                       Controlled by the Company or which
                                       is controlled by a company which
                                       also Controls the Company; or

                                  (b)  a company which is a member of a
                                       Consortium owning the Company or
                                       which is owned in part by the
                                       Company as a member of the
                                       Consortium;

CONSORTIUM                        the meaning set out in section 99(3) of
                                  Schedule 2;

CONTROL                           the meaning set out in section 840 ICTA
                                  1988;

DIRECTORS                         the board of directors of the Company or
                                  a duly authorised committee thereof;

ELIGIBLE PARTNER                  (a)  an individual who in the case of
                                       Partnership Shares or Matching
                                       Shares:

                                  (i)  if there is no Accumulation Period,
                                       at the time the money for the
                                       acquisition of such Partnership
                                       Shares is deducted; and

                                  (ii) if there is an Accumulation Period,
                                       at the time of the first deduction
                                       of money for the acquisition of such
                                       Partnership Shares

                                  in either case:

                                       (aa) is an employee of a
                                            Participating Company;

                                       (ab) has been such an employee (or
                                            has otherwise been an employee
                                            of a Qualifying Company) at all
                                            times during any Qualifying
                                            Period;

(21)

                                       (ac) has earnings in respect of his
                                            office or employment with a
                                            Participating Company which are
                                            (or would be if there were any)
                                            general earnings to which
                                            section 15 or 21 of ITEPA 2003
                                            applies;

                                       (ad) has not either himself or
                                            through any Associate and
                                            whether in either case alone or
                                            together with one or more
                                            Associates has not had within
                                            the preceding 12 months, a
                                            Material Interest in a Close
                                            Company whose shares may be
                                            Appropriated or acquired under
                                            the Plan or a company which has
                                            Control of such a company or is
                                            a member of a Consortium which
                                            owns such a company; and

                                       (ae) does not at the same time
                                            participate in a share
                                            incentive plan approved under
                                            Schedule 2 (other than the
                                            Plan) established by the
                                            Company or a Connected Company
                                            (which for the avoidance of
                                            doubt shall include where an
                                            employee would have
                                            participated but for his
                                            failure to obtain a performance
                                            allowance);

                                  (b)  an individual who at the relevant
                                       time satisfies the requirements at
                                       (a) above, excluding (ac), whom the
                                       Company has, in its absolute
                                       discretion, determined should be
                                       included;

EMPLOYEES' SHARE SCHEME           the meaning set out in section 743 of the
                                  Companies Act 1985;

EMPLOYER COMPANY                  the Participating Company which employs
                                  an Eligible Partner or, if a Participant
                                  is no longer an

(22)

                                  Eligible Partner, the company which
                                  employs the Participant (or last employed
                                  the Participant) in Relevant Employment
                                  so long as that company is one to which
                                  PAYE regulations apply at that time;

EXCHANGE RATE                     for any day means the closing mid-point
                                  spot rate UK Pound against the US Dollar
                                  for that day, as quoted by the Financial
                                  Times newspaper;

FORFEITURE PERIOD                 the period(s) determined by the Company
                                  pursuant to Rule 9.2.5 or 9.2.6, as
                                  appropriate, provided that the period(s)
                                  shall not exceed 3 years from the
                                  relevant date of Appropriation;

ICTA 1988                         the Income and Corporation Taxes Act
                                  1988;

INITIAL MARKET VALUE              the Market Value of a Matching Share on
                                  the Matching Shares Appropriation Date;

ITEPA 2003                        the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions)
                                  Act 2003;

MARKET VALUE                      (a)  on any date, (if agreed for the
                                       purposes of the Plan with Inland
                                       Revenue Shares Valuation on or
                                       before that day) the regular trading
                                       session closing price of a Share on
                                       that day as reported by The Nasdaq
                                       Stock Market, Inc. converted into UK
                                       Pounds at the Exchange Rate for that
                                       date; or

                                  (b)  if on that date the shares are not
                                       traded on Nasdaq, the market value
                                       of a Share as determined in
                                       accordance with the provisions of
                                       Part VIII TCGA 1992 and paragraph 92
                                       of Schedule 2 and agreed for the
                                       purposes of the Plan with Inland
                                       Revenue Shares Valuation on or
                                       before that day;

MATCHING SHARES                   Shares entitlement to which is as set out
                                  in Part II which shall:

(23)

                                  (a)  be shares of the same class and
                                       carry the same rights as the
                                       Partnership Shares to which they
                                       relate;

                                  (b)  be Appropriated on the same day as
                                       the Partnership Shares to which they
                                       relate are acquired; and

                                  (c)  be Appropriated to all Participants
                                       on exactly the same basis;

MATCHING SHARES                   the date on which the Trustee
APPROPRIATION DATE                Appropriates an Award of Matching Shares;

MATCHING SHARES HOLDING PERIOD    the period beginning on the Matching
                                  Shares Appropriation Date and ending on a
                                  date determined from time to time at the
                                  discretion of the Company, and being not
                                  earlier than the third anniversary nor
                                  later than the fifth anniversary of the
                                  Matching Shares Appropriation Date or, if
                                  earlier, the date on which the
                                  Participant ceases to be in Relevant
                                  Employment, and which period shall be the
                                  same for all Matching Shares comprised in
                                  the same Award and shall not be increased
                                  at any time in respect of Matching Shares
                                  already Appropriated;

MATERIAL INTEREST                 the meaning set out in paragraphs 19 to
                                  21 of Schedule 2;

PARTICIPANT                       an Eligible Partner to whom the Trustee
                                  has made an Appropriation or on whose
                                  behalf Partnership Shares have been
                                  acquired or, where the context permits,
                                  an individual who has submitted a duly
                                  completed Partnership Shares Agreement in
                                  accordance with Rule 4.3.5;

PARTICIPATING COMPANY             any Subsidiary which is a party to the
                                  Trust Deed or has pursuant to clause 9
                                  executed a deed of adherence and to which
                                  the Plan continues to extend;

(24)

PARTNERSHIP SHARES                Shares entitlement to which is as set out
                                  in Part I;

PARTNERSHIP SHARES ACQUISITION    the date determined by the Trustee in
DATE                              accordance with Rule 4.3.4;

PARTNERSHIP SHARES AGREEMENT      an agreement issued by the Company under
                                  Rule 4.4;

PARTNERSHIP SHARES CLOSING DATE   the date specified in the Partnership
                                  Shares Invitation by which the completed
                                  Partnership Shares Agreement must be
                                  received by the Trustee;

PARTNERSHIP SHARES INVITATION     an invitation issued by the Company under
                                  Rule 4;

PARTNERSHIP SHARES MARKET VALUE   in the case of a Partnership Shares
                                  Agreement with:

                                  (a)  an Accumulation Period, the lower of
                                       the Market Value of a Share on:

                                       (i)  the first day of the
                                            Accumulation Period; or

                                       (ii) the Partnership Shares
                                            Acquisition Date;

                                  (b)  no Accumulation Period, the Market
                                       Value of a Share on the Partnership
                                       Shares Acquisition Date;

PARTNERSHIP SHARES MONEY          the meaning given to that term by Rule
                                  4.5.2;

PLAN                              the Starbucks UK Share Incentive Plan as
                                  constituted by the Trust Deed and the
                                  Rules in their present form or as amended
                                  from time to time;

PLAN SHARES                       Partnership Shares and Matching Shares
                                  which have been Appropriated to, or
                                  acquired on behalf of, a Participant or
                                  are held on his behalf by the Trustee;

QUALIFYING COMPANY                the meaning set out in paragraph 17 of
                                  Schedule 2;

QUALIFYING CORPORATE BOND         the meaning set out in section 117 TCGA
                                  1992;

(25)

QUALIFYING PERIOD                 a period determined by the Company in
                                  relation to any Award of Shares under the
                                  Plan which may be different for different
                                  Awards provided that:

                                  (a)  in the case of Partnership Shares
                                       and Matching Shares where there is
                                       an Accumulation Period it shall not
                                       exceed the period of 6 months before
                                       the beginning of the Accumulation
                                       Period;

                                  (b)  in the case of Partnership Shares
                                       and Matching Shares where there is
                                       no Accumulation Period it shall not
                                       exceed the period of 18 months
                                       before the deduction of money for
                                       the acquisition of the Partnership
                                       Shares;

RELEVANT AMOUNT                   in respect of Partnership Shares, in any
                                  Year of Assessment, the lower of:

                                       (i)  L1,500; and

                                       (ii) 10% of Salary

                                  subject in each case to such amendment as
                                  may be made to any one of more of those
                                  limits as contained in ITEPA 2003 from
                                  time to time and where in the same Year
                                  of Assessment an Eligible Partner
                                  participates in one or more other share
                                  incentive plans approved under Schedule 2
                                  and established by the Company or a
                                  Connected Company, any shares acquired
                                  under such plans shall be aggregated with
                                  any Shares acquired under the Plan for
                                  the purposes of determining the Relevant
                                  Amount;

RELEVANT EMPLOYMENT               employment by the Company or any
                                  Associated Company of the Company;

RETIREMENT AGE                    the age of 50;

(26)

RULES                             these rules as from time to time amended;

SALARY                            the meaning set out in paragraph 43(4) of
                                  Schedule 2 (subject to the Company
                                  determining that any particular
                                  description of earnings should not be
                                  counted as part of an employee's salary
                                  in accordance with paragraph 46(4A)(b) of
                                  Schedule 2);

SCHEDULE 2                        Schedule 2 to ITEPA 2003;

SHARES                            fully paid shares of common stock of the
                                  Company (or any shares representing the
                                  same) which satisfy the conditions in
                                  paragraphs 26 to 33 inclusive of Schedule
                                  2;

SUBSIDIARY                        any company over which the Company has
                                  Control;

TCGA 1992                         the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act
                                  1992;

YEAR OF ASSESSMENT                a period commencing on 6 April in any
                                  year and ending on 5 April in the
                                  following year.

1.2 In the Plan, unless otherwise specified:

1.2.1 the contents, clause and Rule headings are inserted for ease of reference only and do not affect the interpretation of the Plan;

1.2.2 references to clauses, Rules, Parts and the Schedule are respectively to clauses, rules, parts of, and this schedule to the Trust Deed;

1.2.3 save as provided for by law and subject to Rule 25.6, a reference to writing includes any mode of reproducing words in a legible form and reduced to paper or electronic format or communication including, for the avoidance of doubt, correspondence via e-mail;

1.2.4 the singular includes the plural and vice-versa and the masculine includes the feminine;

1.2.5 a reference to a statutory provision includes any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment thereof;

(27)

1.2.6 the Interpretation Act 1978 applies to the Plan in the same way as it applies to an enactment; and

1.2.7 unless the context otherwise requires, the definitions set out in clause 1.1 of the Trust Deed shall apply to the Rules.

2 PURPOSE OF PLAN

The purpose of the Plan is to enable Eligible Partners of Participating Companies to acquire shares in the Company which give them a continuing stake in the Company.

3 PARTICIPATION ON SAME TERMS

On each occasion when an Award is to be made, every Eligible Partner or individual who may be an Eligible Partner for the Award in question shall be invited to participate in an Award on the same terms and those who do actually participate must do so on the same terms.

(28)

PART I - PARTNERSHIP SHARES

4 PARTNERSHIP SHARES INVITATIONS

4.1 ISSUE OF PARTNERSHIP SHARES INVITATIONS

The Company may in its absolute discretion determine that an Award of Partnership Shares may be made and, accordingly, issue invitations.

4.2 TIMING OF PARTNERSHIP SHARES INVITATIONS

Where Partnership Shares Invitations are to be issued, this must occur before the commencement of any relevant Accumulation Period.

4.3 CONTENTS OF PARTNERSHIP SHARES INVITATIONS

Partnership Shares Invitations shall be in such form as the Company may determine from time to time and shall state:

4.3.1 the Partnership Shares Closing Date;

4.3.2 the maximum Salary deduction permitted under the Partnership Shares Agreement (being the lesser of the Relevant Amount and such other amount as the Company may determine and specify);

4.3.3 the minimum Salary deduction permitted determined by the Company which sum must be no greater than L10 on any occasion (or such other amount as may be permitted from time to time under paragraph 47 of Schedule 2);

4.3.4 the expected Partnership Shares Acquisition Date being a date determined by the Trustee and the Company which:

4.3.4.1 where there is no Accumulation Period, shall be within 30 days after the deduction from Salary referred to in Rule 4.5.2 is made;

4.3.4.2 where there is an Accumulation Period shall be not more than 30 days after the end of the Accumulation Period.

4.3.5 that an Eligible Partner or individual who may be an Eligible Partner who wishes to accept Partnership Shares under the Award shall submit to the Trustee, prior to the Partnership Shares Closing Date, a duly completed Partnership Shares Agreement;

(29)

4.3.6 if applicable, the maximum number of Partnership Shares to be made subject to the Award on this occasion; and

4.3.7 if appropriate, the commencement date (which may not commence later than the date of the first Salary deduction to be made under the individual's Partnership Shares Agreement) and length of the Accumulation Period.

4.4 PARTNERSHIP SHARES AGREEMENT AND PARTNERSHIP SHARES INVITATION

Each Eligible Partner or individual who may be an Eligible Partner for the Award in question who does not already have in force a Partnership Shares Agreement in respect of the relevant Award of Partnership Shares shall be sent a Partnership Shares Agreement in respect of the relevant Award of Partnership Shares.

4.5 CONTENTS OF PARTNERSHIP SHARES AGREEMENT

A Partnership Shares Agreement shall be in such form as the Company may determine from time to time and shall:

4.5.1 set out a notice in the form prescribed by regulations pursuant to paragraph 48 of Schedule 2;

4.5.2 require the individual executing the relevant Partnership Shares Agreement to state the amount of Salary deduction(s) and not exceeding the maximum permitted under Rule 4.3.2) which he wishes to allocate for the purchase of Partnership Shares under the Partnership Shares Agreement (the "Partnership Shares Money"); and

4.5.3 state the intervals at which such amounts should be deducted; and

4.5.4 state whether any excess amount remaining after the acquisition of Partnership Shares will be:

4.5.4.1 paid over to the Participant subject to the Trustee complying with Rule 20; or

4.5.4.2 with the agreement of the Participant, retained by the Trustee and added to the next Accumulation Period or where there is no next Accumulation Period, retained by the Trustee and added to the next Salary deduction; and

(30)

4.5.5 state the commencement date (which may not commence later than the date of the first Salary deduction to be made under the Eligible Partner's Partnership Shares Agreement) and length of the Accumulation Period, if applicable.

4.6 AGREEMENT MAY BE WITHDRAWN

A Partnership Shares Agreement shall take effect in relation to any Award of Partnership Shares until such time as a Participant notifies the Employer Company that he no longer wishes to so participate.

4.7 EXCESS SALARY DEDUCTIONS

Any amounts deducted in excess of the amounts permitted must be paid over to the Participant as soon as practicable.

4.8 SCALING DOWN

If the number of Partnership Shares for which applications have been received is in excess of any maximum specified in accordance with Rule 4.3.6 the amount of deduction of Partnership Shares Money specified by each Participant shall be reduced pro rata. For the purpose of this Rule 4.8, the number of Partnership Shares for which applications have been received shall be:

4.8.1 where there is not an Accumulation Period, the total amount to be deducted during the month divided by the Market Value on the first day of the month; and

4.8.2 where there is an Accumulation Period, the total amount expected to be deducted during the Accumulation Period (assuming no instructions are received from Participants under Rule 5) divided by the Market Value on the first day of the Accumulation Period.

4.9 PARTNERSHIP SHARES MONEY HELD FOR PARTICIPANT

Partnership Shares Money must, subject to Rules 5.4 and 8.2, be:

4.9.1 paid to the Trustee as soon as practicable; and

4.9.2 held by the Trustee on behalf of a Participant with:

4.9.2.1 a person falling within section 840A (1) (b) of ICTA 1988;

4.9.2.2 a building society; or

(31)

4.9.2.3 a firm falling within section 840A(1)(c) of ICTA 1988;

until it is used to acquire Partnership Shares on behalf of the Participant from whose Salary the Partnership Shares Money has been deducted.

4.10 INTEREST ON PARTNERSHIP SHARES MONEY

The Trustee must account to the Participant from whose Salary the Partnership Shares Money had been deducted, for any interest received on Partnership Shares Money held on his behalf. For the avoidance of doubt there is no obligation on the Trustee to arrange for any Partnership Shares Money to be deposited in an interest bearing account.

Any Trustee which is a bank or building society shall, notwithstanding any benefit which may accrue to it as a result, itself be entitled to hold Partnership Shares Money in a designated account in its capacity as a bank or building society and not be obliged to account for any resultant profit.

5 INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD

5.1 VARIATION OF SALARY DEDUCTIONS AND INTERVALS

Subject to Rules 4.3.2, 4.3.3, and 4.3.6, and notwithstanding Rule 4.5.6 a Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Employer Company, vary the amount and or the intervals of the Salary deduction authorised under his Partnership Shares Agreement.

5.2 NOTICE TO SUSPEND SALARY DEDUCTIONS

A Participant may, at any time, direct the Employer Company by notice in writing to:

5.2.1 suspend the making of Salary deductions; or

5.2.2 recommence the making of Salary deductions

under his Partnership Shares Agreement provided always that:

5.2.3 the Participant may not permit the Employer Company to make additional Salary deductions to make up for any Salary deductions which were missed; and

5.2.4 the Participant may only make a direction under Rule 5.2.2 once in any Accumulation Period.

(32)

5.3 NOTICE TO TERMINATE PARTNERSHIP SHARES AGREEMENT

A Participant may at any time notify the Employer Company in writing that he wishes to terminate his Partnership Shares Agreement.

5.4 EMPLOYER COMPANY TO GIVE EFFECT TO NOTICES

5.4.1 Where the Employer Company receives a notice to suspend or terminate deductions under Rule 5.2 or 5.3, it shall (unless a later date is specified in the notice) within 30 days of receipt of the notice give effect to the same, and shall:

5.4.1.1 cease all further deductions of Partnership Shares Money under the Participant's Partnership Shares Agreement;

5.4.1.2 in the case of a notice under Rule 5.3 subject to first complying with Rule 20 pay over or, as applicable, instruct the Trustee to pay over to that Participant as soon as practicable all Salary deductions of Partnership Shares Money that have been made under his Partnership Shares Agreement.

5.4.2 When the Employer Company or the Trustee, as applicable, receives a notice to recommence Salary deductions under Rule 5.2, the Employer Company shall (unless a later date is specified in the notice) recommence deductions on the date of the first deduction due under the Partnership Shares Agreement following 30 days after receipt of the notice.

5.5 PARTNERSHIP SHARES AGREEMENT TO APPLY TO NEW HOLDING

Where during an Accumulation Period a transaction occurs in relation to any of the Shares to be acquired under a Partnership Shares Agreement which results in a new holding of shares being equated with the original holding for the purposes of capital gains tax and the Participant gives his consent, the Partnership Shares Agreement shall have effect following that transaction as if it were an agreement for the purchase of shares comprised in the new holding. In the context of a new holding, any reference in this Rule 5.5 to shares includes a reference to securities and rights of any description which form part of the new holding for the purpose of Chapter II of Part IV TCGA 1992.

(33)

6 ACQUISITION OF PARTNERSHIP SHARES

6.1 ACQUISITION OF SHARES BY TRUSTEE (NO ACCUMULATION PERIOD)

After the deduction of Partnership Shares Money the Trustee shall calculate the number of Partnership Shares to be acquired on behalf of each Participant by dividing (as nearly as possible) each Participant's Partnership Shares Money deducted under his Partnership Shares Agreement by the Partnership Shares Market Value and shall acquire such Shares on behalf of Participants within 30 days of such deduction PROVIDED THAT if the number of Partnership Shares to be acquired would exceed the maximum specified under Rule 4.3.6, the number of Partnership Shares acquired on behalf on each Participant shall be reduced proportionately.

6.2 ACQUISITION OF SHARES BY TRUSTEE (WITH ACCUMULATION PERIOD)

6.2.1 After the expiry of the Accumulation Period the Trustee shall calculate the number of Partnership Shares to be acquired on behalf of each Participant by dividing (as nearly as possible) each Participant's aggregate Partnership Shares Money deducted under his Partnership Shares Agreement during the Accumulation Period (together with any amount carried forward from a previous Accumulation Period) by the Partnership Shares Market Value and shall acquire such Shares on behalf of Participants accordingly PROVIDED THAT if the number of Partnership Shares to be acquired would exceed the maximum specified under Rule 4.3.6, the number of Partnership Shares acquired on behalf on each Participant shall be reduced proportionately.

6.2.2 The Trustee shall within 30 days of the end of the Accumulation Period acquire the number of Shares determined in accordance with Rule 6.2.1 which shall be held on behalf of the respective Participant as Partnership Shares.

6.3 NOTIFICATION OF ACQUISITION TO PARTICIPANTS

As soon as practicable after the Partnership Shares Acquisition Date, the Trustee shall notify each Participant on whose behalf Partnership Shares have been acquired of the:

6.3.1 number and description of Partnership Shares acquired on his behalf;

6.3.2 Partnership Shares Acquisition Date;

6.3.3 aggregate amount of the Participant's Partnership Shares Money applied by the Trustee in acquiring the Partnership Shares; and

(34)

6.3.4 Market Value of Partnership Shares on the Partnership Shares Acquisition Date.

6.4 SALARY DEDUCTIONS NOT INVESTED IN PARTNERSHIP SHARES

Any Partnership Shares Money not used to acquire Partnership Shares shall be dealt with in accordance with Rule 4.5.4.

7 TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP SHARES BY PARTICIPANT

7.1 PARTICIPANTS MAY REQUEST TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP SHARES

A Participant may, at any time after the Partnership Shares Acquisition Date, direct the Trustee by notice in writing to:

7.1.1 transfer his Partnership Shares to the Participant; or

7.1.2 transfer his Partnership Shares to some other person named by the Participant; or

7.1.3 dispose of those Partnership Shares by way of sale and to account for the proceeds to the Participant or some other person named by the Participant.

7.2 TRUSTEE TO COMPLY WITH REQUEST

As soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event within 30 days after receipt of the notice, the Trustee shall comply with the instructions set out in such notice provided always that it shall first comply with Rules 20 and 21.

8 CESSATION OF RELEVANT EMPLOYMENT

8.1 TRUSTEE TO BE NOTIFIED OF CESSATION OF RELEVANT EMPLOYMENT

If a Participant ceases to be in Relevant Employment then the Employer Company shall within 14 days inform the Trustee of such cessation.

8.2 CESSATION OF RELEVANT EMPLOYMENT PRIOR TO PARTNERSHIP SHARES ACQUISITION DATE

8.2.1 Where there is no Accumulation Period and a Participant ceases to be in Relevant Employment before the Partnership Shares Acquisition Date but after the deduction of Partnership Shares Money he shall be treated as ceasing to be in Relevant Employment immediately after his Partnership Shares are awarded to him.

(35)

8.2.2 Where there is an Accumulation Period and a Participant ceases to be in Relevant Employment during the Accumulation Period the Employer Company shall, subject to first complying with Rule 20, pay over to that Participant as soon as reasonably practicable all deductions of Partnership Shares Money that have been made under his Partnership Shares Agreement.

8.2.3 Where there is an Accumulation Period and a Participant ceases to be in Relevant Employment after the final deduction of Partnership Shares Money and before the Partnership Shares Acquisition Date he shall be treated as ceasing to be in Relevant Employment immediately after his Partnership Shares are awarded to him.

8.3 TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP SHARES ON CESSATION OF RELEVANT EMPLOYMENT

Where the Trustee receives a notification under Rule 8.1 then as soon as reasonably practicable after the receipt of such notification and in any event within 30 days after the cessation of the Relevant Employment the Trustee shall transfer the Partnership Shares to the Participant unless otherwise directed by him in writing prior to the transfer provided always that the Trustee shall first comply with Rule 21.

(36)

PART II - MATCHING SHARES

9 NOTIFICATION OF MATCHING SHARES

9.1 RELATIONSHIP TO PARTNERSHIP SHARES

Where the Company has exercised its discretion under Rule 4.1 it may in its absolute discretion also determine that an Appropriation of Matching Shares shall be made to those Participants who enter into a Partnership Shares Agreement.

9.2 ADDITIONAL CONTENTS OF PARTNERSHIP SHARES AGREEMENT

Where the Company exercise its discretion under Rule 9.1 then in addition to the requirements set out in Rule 4.5 each Partnership Shares Agreement shall state:

9.2.1 the expected Matching Shares Appropriation Date (which shall be the same as the Partnership Shares Acquisition Date);

9.2.2 the ratio of Matching Shares to Partnership Shares for this Award of Partnership Shares which:

9.2.2.1 shall not exceed a maximum of 3 Matching Shares for every 17 Partnership Shares acquired on behalf of the Participant; and

9.2.2.2 shall be the same ratio for all Participants;

9.2.3 the circumstances and the manner in which the ratio may be changed by the Company, and if the Company decides to alter the ratio of Matching Shares to Partnership Shares prior to the Partnership Shares Acquisition Date it shall notify each Participant affected prior to the Partnership Shares Acquisition Date;

9.2.4 the Matching Shares Holding Period;

9.2.5 the Forfeiture Period applicable in the event of a transfer of Partnership Shares pursuant to Rule 7;

9.2.6 that (as determined at the discretion of the Company) the provisions of either Rules 12.3 or 12.4 shall apply to the Award and, if Rule 12.4 applies, shall state what the applicable Forfeiture Period shall be;

9.2.7 such additional information not inconsistent with the Rules and the Trust Deed as the Company may from time to time determine.

(37)

10 APPROPRIATION OF MATCHING SHARES

10.1 DETERMINATION OF NUMBER OF MATCHING SHARES

At the same time as the Trustee determines the number of Partnership Shares to be acquired pursuant to Rule 6.1 or 6.2 it shall additionally determine the number of Matching Shares to be Appropriated to each Participant.

10.2 APPROPRIATION OF MATCHING SHARES

On the Matching Shares Appropriation Date the Trustee shall Appropriate to each Participant the number of Matching Shares notified to it under Rule 10.1.

10.3 NOTIFICATION OF APPROPRIATION TO PARTICIPANTS

At the same time as making a notification pursuant to Rule 6.3 the Trustee shall notify each Participant to whom Matching Shares have been Appropriated of the:

10.3.1 number and description of the Matching Shares Appropriated to him;

10.3.2 Matching Shares Appropriation Date;

10.3.3 Initial Market Value; and

10.3.4 Matching Shares Holding Period.

11 RESTRICTIONS ON DEALINGS IN, AND PERMITTED TRANSFERS OF, MATCHING SHARES

11.1 RESTRICTIONS ON DISPOSALS BY PARTICIPANTS

Subject to Rules 14 and 21 during the Matching Shares Holding Period a Participant shall:

11.1.1 permit the Trustee to hold his Matching Shares; and

11.1.2 not assign, charge or otherwise dispose of his beneficial interest in his Matching Shares.

(38)

11.2 RESTRICTIONS ON DISPOSALS BY TRUSTEE

Subject to Rules 12, 14 and 21 and paragraph 90(5) of Schedule 2 the Trustee shall not:

11.2.1 dispose of any Matching Shares, whether by transfer to the Participant or otherwise, during the Matching Shares Holding Period;

11.2.2 dispose of any Matching Shares after the Matching Shares Holding Period except in accordance with a direction given by or on behalf of the Participant; and

11.2.3 deal with any right conferred in respect of a Participant's Matching Shares to be allotted other shares, securities or other rights except pursuant to a direction given by or on behalf of the Participant or any person in whom the beneficial interest in his Matching Shares is for the time being vested.

11.3 TRANSFER OF MATCHING SHARES AFTER MATCHING SHARES HOLDING PERIOD

11.3.1 A Participant may, at any time after the Matching Shares Holding Period direct the Trustee by notice in writing to:

11.3.1.1 transfer the Participant's Matching Shares to the Participant; or

11.3.1.2 transfer the Matching Shares to some other person named by the Participant; or

11.3.1.3 dispose of the Matching Shares by way of sale for the best consideration in money that can reasonably be obtained at the time of sale and to account for the proceeds to the Participant or some other person named by the Participant.

11.3.2 Within 30 days after receipt of a notice referred to in Rule 11.3.1 the Trustee shall comply with the instructions set out in such notice

12 CESSATION OF RELEVANT EMPLOYMENT AND EARLY WITHDRAWAL OF PARTNERSHIP SHARES

12.1 TRUSTEE TO BE NOTIFIED OF CESSATION OF RELEVANT EMPLOYMENT

If a Participant ceases to be in Relevant Employment then the Employer Company shall within 14 days inform the Trustee of such cessation and whether the provisions of Rule 12.3 or 12.4 apply.

(39)

12.2 EARLY WITHDRAWAL OF PARTNERSHIP SHARES

Where the Trustee receives a notice under Rule 7.1 before the expiry of the applicable Forfeiture Period then subject to Rules 12.5 and 12.6 the Participant's beneficial entitlement to his Matching Shares (awarded in respect of the Partnership Shares which are being withdrawn) shall lapse immediately and he shall cease to have any rights to such Matching Shares.

12.3 EARLY TRANSFER OF MATCHING SHARES

Where the Trustee has been notified by the Employer Company that this Rule 12.3 applies then as soon as reasonably practicable after the receipt of such notification and in any event within 30 days after the cessation of the Relevant Employment the Trustee shall transfer the Matching Shares to the Participant or as directed by him in writing prior to the transfer provided always that the Trustee shall first comply with Rule 21.

12.4 FORFEITURE OF MATCHING SHARES

Where the Trustee has been notified by the Employer Company that this Rule 12.4 applies then subject to Rules 12.5 and 12.6 the Participant's beneficial entitlement to his Matching Shares shall lapse immediately on his ceasing to be in Relevant Employment before the end of the Forfeiture Period and he shall cease to have any rights to such Matching Shares.

12.5 INJURY, DISABILITY, REDUNDANCY, RETIREMENT ETC

Notwithstanding Rule 12.4 if a Participant ceases to be in Relevant Employment by reason of:

12.5.1 injury or disability;

12.5.2 redundancy within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996 or the Employment Rights (Northern Ireland) Order 1996;

12.5.3 a transfer of employment which is subject to the Transfer of Undertaking (Protection of Employment) Regulations 1981;

12.5.4 a change of Control or other circumstances giving rise to the Participant's employing company ceasing to be an Associated Company of the Company or any Participating Company;

(40)

12.5.5 retirement on or after reaching Retirement Age;

then the Trustee shall act in accordance with Rule 12.3.

12.6 DEATH

If a Participant ceases to be in Relevant Employment by reason of his death, the Trustee shall act in accordance with Rule 13.5.

(41)

PART III - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

13 REQUIREMENTS GENERALLY APPLICABLE TO PLAN SHARES

13.1 PARTICIPANTS MAY ELECT NOT TO PARTICIPATE

Notwithstanding any other Rule, a Participant may direct that Shares are not to be Appropriated to him or acquired on his behalf, by giving written notice to the Employer Company before the relevant Appropriation date or acquisition date.

13.2 INDIVIDUALS ELIGIBLE FOR APPROPRIATION

No Appropriation or acquisition shall be made to or on behalf of an individual who is not an Eligible Partner.

13.3 SHARES NOT APPROPRIATED OR FORFEITED

Shares which are not Appropriated nor acquired on behalf of the Participant or Matching Shares which have been forfeited under the Rules shall, on the instructions of the Company, be:

13.3.1 returned by the Trustee to the Company (or the Company's nominee or agent); or

13.3.2 sold and the proceeds used in accordance with the provisions of clause 4 of the Trust Deed.

13.4 SHARES CEASING TO QUALIFY

If Shares which are held by the Trustee for the purposes of the Plan cease to be Shares, they shall not be used for the purposes of the Plan.

13.5 DEATH OF PARTICIPANT

13.5.1 Following the death of a Participant, the Trustee shall, as soon as practicable after death, transfer the Participant's Plan Shares to or to the order of his legal personal representatives.

13.5.2 All references in the Plan to a Participant shall, where the context requires, be references to the legal personal representative of the Participant.

(42)

13.6 FUNDS TO BE PROVIDED BY PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

13.6.1 If the Company directs that the Trustee shall acquire Matching Shares by purchase, each relevant Participating Company shall pay to the Trustee the monies that are required for the Trustee to purchase the number of Shares to be Appropriated to that Participating Company's Participants as Matching Shares; and

13.6.2 the Trustee shall, if so directed by the Company, acquire by purchase Shares at any time using monies paid or loaned to it by Participating Companies for future Appropriations of Shares to Eligible Partners.

13.7 SHARES PURCHASED OFF MARKET BY TRUSTEE

Where the Trustee is instructed by the Company to purchase Shares otherwise than through The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. the Trustee shall not purchase the Shares for a price in excess of that for which, in the opinion of the Company's brokers, it could purchase those Shares through The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.

13.8 SUBSCRIPTION PRICE

Where Partnership Shares are subscribed for by the Trustee the subscription price for each Share shall be the higher of the:

13.8.1 Partnership Shares Market Value; or

13.8.2 par value of a Share.

Upon the Trustee subscribing for Partnership Shares, Matching Shares will be issued to the Trustee for nil additional consideration.

13.9 RIGHTS ATTACHING TO SUBSCRIBED SHARES

Shares acquired by the Trustee by subscription shall, as to voting, dividend, transfer and other rights, including those arising on a liquidation of the Company, rank equally in all respects and as one class with other issued shares of the same class at the date of subscription save as regards any rights attaching to such Shares by reference to a record date prior to the date of such subscription or any permitted restriction under Schedule 2.

13.10 PROPORTIONATE APPORTIONMENT OF SHARES WITH DIFFERENT RIGHTS

If the Shares to be Appropriated to, or acquired on behalf of each Participant, do not carry

(43)

the same rights as to dividends or otherwise, the shares appropriated to or acquired on behalf of each Participant shall (as nearly as possible) contain the same proportions of Shares with different rights.

13.11 FOREIGN DIVIDENDS

Where any foreign cash dividend is received in respect of Plan Shares held on behalf of a Participant, the Trustee shall give him notice of the amount of any foreign tax deducted from the dividend before it was paid.

13.12 TIMING OF CONTRIBUTIONS TO TRUSTEE

Monies to be paid by the Participating Companies to the Trustee for the purchase or subscription of Shares in respect of an Appropriation shall be paid not later than one week immediately prior to such relevant Appropriation date.

14 PERMITTED DEALINGS IN PLAN SHARES

A Participant shall be entitled at any time to direct the Trustee to:

14.1.1 accept an offer for any of his Plan Shares if the acceptance will result in a new holding being equated with the original shares for the purposes of capital gains tax; or

14.1.2 accept an offer of a Qualifying Corporate Bond, whether alone or with cash or other assets or both, for his Plan Shares if the offer forms part of a general offer as referred in Rule 14.1.3; or

14.1.3 accept an offer of cash, with or without other assets, for his Plan Shares if the offer forms part of a general offer which is made to holders of shares of the same class as his Plan Shares or of shares in the Company and which is made in the first instance on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have control of the Company within the meaning of section 416 of ICTA 1988; or

14.1.4 agree a transaction affecting his Plan Shares, or such of them as are of a particular class, if the transaction would be entered into pursuant to a compromise, arrangement or scheme applicable to or affecting:

14.1.4.1 all the ordinary share capital of the Company or, as the case may be, all the shares of the class in question; or

(44)

14.1.4.2 all the shares, or all the shares of the class in question, which are held by a class of shareholder identified otherwise than by reference to their employment or their participation in the Plan or any other approved share incentive plan.

15 RECEIPTS BY TRUSTEE

Subject to Rule 20, the Trustee shall pay or transfer to a Participant any money or money's worth it receives in respect of, or by reference to, the Participant's Plan Shares unless it is a Capital Receipt which consists of a new holding referred to in Rule 17, provided that the Trustee shall not distribute any Capital Receipt to a Participant if the amount payable to that Participant would be less than L3.

16 EXERCISE OF VOTING RIGHTS ATTACHING TO PLAN SHARES

16.1 TRUSTEE TO ACT IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIRECTIONS GIVEN BY PARTICIPANTS

In the event of a general meeting of the Company or any separate general meeting of the holders of shares which include Plan Shares the Trustee shall act in accordance with any directions given by a Participant or other person in whom the beneficial interest in Plan Shares is for the time being vested in relation to their Plan Shares. In the absence of any such directions the Trustee need not take any action.

16.2 PARTICIPANT TO INSTRUCT TRUSTEE HOW TO VOTE

Following receipt of any directions given pursuant to Rule 16.1:

16.2.1 the Trustee shall not be obliged to attend the general meeting and may exercise the voting rights either personally or by proxy;

16.2.2 in the case of "any other business" at an annual general meeting of the Company, the Trustee shall be entitled to vote (or refrain from voting) as it thinks fit; and

16.2.3 on a poll, the Trustee shall vote or lodge proxy cards only in accordance with the directions of each Participant, which directions must have been returned to the Trustee in accordance with the instructions accompanying the notification. In the absence of any such direction the Trustee shall abstain from voting.

16.3 NOTIFICATION OF PARTICIPANTS' DIRECTIONS TO TRUSTEE TO BE IN WRITING

Any direction given by a Participant to the Trustee pursuant to Rule 16.1 shall be in writing under the hand of the Participant and shall not be binding upon the Trustee unless

(45)

it has been deposited at the registered office of the Company not less than 96 hours before the time for the holding of the meeting.

17 COMPANY RECONSTRUCTIONS

17.1 NEW HOLDINGS OF SHARES

Subject to Rule 17.2, where there occurs in relation to a Participant's Plan Shares a company reconstruction which results in a new holding, or would result in a new holding were it not for the fact that the new holding consists of or includes a Qualifying Corporate Bond:

17.1.1 the company reconstruction shall be treated as not involving a disposal of the Plan Shares comprised in the original holding;

17.1.2 references in the Rules to a Participant's Plan Shares shall be construed, after the date of the company reconstruction, as being references to the shares comprised in the new holding;

17.1.3 such new holding shall be deemed to have been Appropriated to or acquired on behalf of the Participant on the date the original holding was Appropriated to or acquired by him and shall be held by the Trustee on the same terms.

17.2 MEANING OF "NEW HOLDING"

For the purpose of Rule 17.1:

17.2.1 in the context of a new holding, any reference in this Rule 17 to shares includes a reference to securities and rights of any description which form part of the new holding for the purpose of Chapter II of Part IV TCGA 1992; and

17.2.2 an issue of shares of any of the following descriptions (in respect of which a charge to income tax arises) made as part of a company reconstruction shall not be treated as forming part of a new holding:

17.2.2.1 redeemable shares or securities issued as mentioned in section 209(2)(c) ICTA 1988;

17.2.2.2 share capital issued in circumstances such that section
210(1) ICTA 1988 applies;

17.2.2.3 share capital to which section 249 ICTA 1988 applies.

(46)

18 RIGHTS ISSUES

18.1 APPLICATION OF RULE

This Rule 18 applies to rights attaching to a Participant's Plan Shares to be allotted, on payment, other shares, securities or rights of any description in the same Company (together referred to as "Rights").

18.2 TRUSTEE TO PROVIDE INFORMATION TO PARTICIPANTS

The Trustee shall inform each Participant of any Rights arising in respect of Plan Shares and shall either send the Participant a copy of the document relating to the Rights or sufficient details to enable the Participant to act in accordance with Rule 18.3.

18.3 PARTICIPANTS TO GIVE WRITTEN DIRECTIONS TO TRUSTEE

The Trustee shall deal with the Rights only pursuant to a written direction given by, or on behalf of, the Participant or any person in whom the beneficial interest in the Plan Shares is for the time being vested. Such written direction must be received by the Trustee before the expiry of 5 days before the closing date for acceptance of the Rights offer or within such other time limit set at the absolute discretion of the Trustee, and may direct the Trustee to:

18.3.1 take up all or part of the Rights provided that such instruction is accompanied by payment in cash of the amount necessary to exercise such rights; or

18.3.2 sell all of the Rights; or

18.3.3 sell such part of the Rights as enables the Trustee to use the proceeds of sale to exercise entitlement to the remaining Rights of the Participant.

18.4 CASH AMOUNTS ARISING TO BE DEALT WITH BY TRUSTEE

Any cash arising from the disposal of the Rights (except insofar as it is used to exercise such Rights in accordance with Rule 18.3.3) shall be dealt with by the Trustee in accordance with Rule 15.

(47)

18.5 FAILURE BY PARTICIPANT TO GIVE ANY DIRECTION

If a Participant fails to give any direction under Rule 18.3, or has not otherwise authorised the Trustee, or fails to pay any appropriate amount of cash, then the Trustee shall take no action in respect of the Rights associated with that Participant's Plan Shares.

19 CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

In the event of reorganization, recapitalization, stock split (which may be effected by way of a stock dividend of additional shares of the Company's common stock), consolidation, offerings of rights, or any other change in the capital structure of the Company before the Partnership Shares Acquisition Date, the Directors shall make whatever adjustments are appropriate in the number, kind, and the price of the Shares or shares that are available for purchase under the Plan, and in the number of Shares or shares that a Participant is entitled to purchase under the Plan, provided that any issue of shares including any stock dividends as referred to above, is not an excluded issue of shares as defined in paragraph 86(4) of Schedule 2.

20 DUTY TO ACCOUNT FOR PAYE ON CASH AMOUNTS

20.1 TRUSTEE TO MAKE PAYE DEDUCTIONS

The Trustee shall withhold from:

20.1.1 a Capital Receipt referred to in Rule 15;

20.1.2 any monies returned to individuals under Rules 4 and 6; and

20.1.3 the proceeds of a disposal of Plan Shares by the Trustee in accordance with a direction from a Participant (except in so far as the proceeds are used to take up Rights in accordance with Rule 18.3.3)

an amount equal to any income tax and employee's national insurance contributions chargeable on such sum for which the Employer Company or the Trustee is required to make a deduction under the PAYE system.

20.2 TRUSTEE TO DEAL WITH PAYE DEDUCTIONS

20.2.1 The Trustee shall if it is responsible for operating PAYE in relation to such sum, retain it, or otherwise pay such sum as is referred to in Rule 20.1 to one or more

(48)

Employer Companies in proportion to their respective obligations to operate PAYE in relation to such sum.

20.2.2 If there is no Employer Company for the purposes of Rule 20.2.1 the Trustee shall deduct income tax at the basic rate for the time being in force as if the Participant were a former employee of the Trustee.

21 DUTY TO ACCOUNT FOR PAYE ON TRANSFERS OF ASSETS

21.1 TRUSTEE TO MAKE PAYE DEDUCTIONS

Where under any Rule Plan Shares cease to be subject to the Plan and in relation to:

21.1.1 Partnership Shares it is prior to the fifth anniversary of the Partnership Shares Acquisition Date; or

21.1.2 Matching Shares it is prior to the fifth anniversary of the Matching Shares Appropriation Date

the Trustee shall unless otherwise provided with funds from the Participant to meet any liability for income tax and/or employee's national insurance contributions, dispose of a sufficient number of the Participant's Plan Shares (for the best consideration in money that can reasonably be obtained at the time of sale), the proceeds of which shall (as far as possible) be equal to any income tax and/or employees' national insurance contributions chargeable on the Plan Shares to be transferred and for which the Trustee or an Employer Company is required to make a PAYE deduction.

21.2 TRUSTEE TO DEAL WITH PAYE DEDUCTIONS

The Trustee and/or an Employer Company shall account to the Board of Inland Revenue for any income tax and/or employees' national insurance contributions referred to in Rule 21.1 and shall pay over to the Participant the difference (if any) between the proceeds from the disposal of his Plan Shares under Rule 21.1 and the amount due.

22 APPORTIONMENT OF CAPITAL RECEIPTS

22.1 TREATMENT OF CAPITAL RECEIPTS

If the Trustee receives any Capital Receipt referred in Rule 15 in respect of, or by reference to, any Plan Shares held on behalf of more than one Participant, then, if and to the extent that such Capital Receipt cannot be precisely divided between such Participants in the appropriate proportions to the extent that it is:

(49)

22.1.1 money's worth, the Trustee shall sell it for the best possible consideration in money that can reasonably be obtained and shall divide the proceeds of sale (after deducting any expenses of sale and any taxation which may be payable by the Trustee) among the Participants in question; and

22.1.2 money, the Trustee's obligations under this Rule 22 shall be deemed to be discharged if the Trustee pays to each Participant the appropriate amount, rounded down to the nearest penny.

22.2 TRUSTEE TO INFORM PARTICIPANTS

The Trustee shall inform each Participant in respect of whose Plan Shares the Capital Receipt was received of the treatment thereof for income tax purposes.

23 TERMINATION OF PLAN

23.1 COMPANY MAY TERMINATE PLAN

The Company may at any time decide to terminate the Plan and if it does so must issue a plan termination notice copies of which shall be given without delay to:

23.1.1 Her Majesty's Revenue & Customs;

23.1.2 the Trustee; and

23.1.3 each Participant.

23.2 CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION OF PLAN

If the Company issues a plan termination notice in accordance with Rule 23.1:

23.2.1 no further Awards may be made under the Plan;

23.2.2 the Trustee shall remove any Plan Shares from the Plan in accordance with paragraph 90 of Schedule 2; and

23.2.3 any Partnership Shares Money held on behalf of a Participant must be paid to him as soon as practicable thereafter.

(50)

23.3 INLAND REVENUE WITHDRAWAL OF PLAN APPROVAL

If Inland Revenue approval of the Plan is withdrawn any Partnership Shares Money held on behalf of a Participant must be paid to him as soon as practicable thereafter.

24 SHARES FROM QUALIFYING SHARE OWNERSHIP TRUSTS

Where Shares are transferred to the Trustee in accordance with paragraph 78 of Schedule 2, it shall award such Shares only as Matching Shares, and in priority to other available Shares.

25 NOTICES

25.1 NOTICE BY COMPANY, EMPLOYER COMPANY, DIRECTORS OR TRUSTEE

Save as provided for by law and subject to Rule 25.6, any notice, document or other communication given by, or on behalf of the Company, an Employer Company, the Directors or the Trustee to any person in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered to him by hand or sent by e-mail or fax to him at his place of work if he is employed by an Employer Company, or sent by e-mail to such e-mail address as may be specified by him from time to time or through the post in a pre-paid envelope to the postal address last known to the Company to be his address and, if so sent, shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of sending or posting.

25.2 DECEASED PARTICIPANT

Save as provided for by law and subject to Rule 25.6, any notice, document or other communication given to a Participant shall be deemed to have been duly given notwithstanding that such person is then deceased (and whether or not the Company or Trustee has notice of his death) except where his personal representatives have established their title to the satisfaction of the Company or Trustee as appropriate and supplied to the Company and the Trustee an e-mail or postal address to which notices, documents and other communications are to be sent.

25.3 NOTICE TO COMPANY, EMPLOYER COMPANY, DIRECTORS OR TRUSTEE

Save as provided for by law and subject to Rule 25.6, any notice, document or other communication given to the Company, the Directors, an Employer Company or the Trustee in connection with the Plan shall be delivered by hand or sent by e-mail, fax or post to the company secretary at such company's registered office or such other e-mail or postal address as may from time to time be notified to individuals or Participants but shall not in any event be deemed to be duly given unless and until it is actually received at the

(51)

registered office or such e-mail or postal address and shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of such receipt.

25.4 DISTRIBUTION OF COMPANY DOCUMENTATION

If any annual or interim report, notice of meeting, circular, letter of offer or other documentation (excepting a dividend warrant or a document of title to shares, securities or rights) is sent to the Trustee relating to any Plan Shares, the Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, send, or procure the sending of, a copy of such document to each Participant on behalf of whom such Plan Shares are held. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall have no obligation to send a copy of any such document to any Participant.

25.5 NOTIFICATION OF LIABILITY TO INCOME TAX

Where a Participant has become liable to income tax under any relevant provision of ITEPA 2003 or is liable to income tax chargeable under Schedule D Case IV or Schedule F of ICTA 1988, the Trustee shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, inform the Participant of any fact material to determining that liability.

25.6 EXCLUSION OF ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES

For the avoidance of doubt, any notice, document or other communication given by or on behalf of the Company, the Directors, an Employer Company or the Trustee to an individual may not be sent by electronic communication if such notice, document, or other communication requires a deduction to be made from wages, including, but not limited to, deduction from wages made pursuant to the Partnership Shares Agreement or the provisions of Rules 5.1 and 5.2.2.

26 FRACTIONAL ENTITLEMENTS

26.1 If, on a company reconstruction, the Trustee receives a share or other security fractions of which would be treated as comprised in two or more Participants' Plan Shares:

26.1.1 it shall not form part of any new holding for the purpose of Rule 17;

26.1.2 Rule 22 shall apply to it.

27 PROTECTION OF TRUSTEE

Any sale by the Trustee of shares, securities or rights which is effected through a member of The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. acting in the ordinary course of his business shall be

(52)

presumed to have been made for the best consideration that could reasonably be obtained at the time of sale.

28 RELATIONSHIP OF PLAN TO CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT

28.1 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan:

28.1.1 the Plan or benefits available under the Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Employer Company and an Eligible Partner, or Beneficiary;

28.1.2 unless expressly so provided in his contract of employment, an Eligible Partner, or Beneficiary has no right to an Appropriation;

28.1.3 the benefit to an Eligible Partner, or Beneficiary of participation in the Plan shall not form any part of his remuneration or count as his remuneration for any purpose and shall not be pensionable; and

28.1.4 if an Eligible Partner, or Beneficiary ceases to have a Relevant Employment, he shall not be entitled to compensation for the loss of any right or benefit or prospective right or benefit under the Plan whether by way of damages for unfair dismissal, wrongful dismissal, breach of contract or otherwise.

29 ALTERATIONS

No modification, alteration, or amendment to the Rules shall be made except in accordance with clause 22 of the Trust Deed.

(53)

EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF STARBUCKS CORPORATION

Olympic Casualty Insurance Company II (a Vermont corporation)

SCI UK I, Inc. (a Washington corporation)

Seattle Coffee Company (a Georgia corporation) Seattle's Best Coffee LLC (a Washington limited liability company) Torrefazione Italia LLC (a Washington limited liability company)

Starbucks Capital Asset Leasing Company, LLC (a Delaware limited liability company)

Starbucks Coffee Company (Australia) Pty. Ltd. (an Australian corporation)

Starbucks Coffee Canada, Inc. (a Canadian Corporation)

Starbucks Coffee Holdings (UK) Limited (a UK corporation) Starbucks Coffee Company (UK) Limited (a UK corporation) Torz & Macatonia Limited (a UK corporation)

Starbucks Coffee International, Inc. (a Washington corporation) Coffee Concepts (Southern China) Ltd. (a Hong Kong corporation) Coffee Concepts (Guangdong) Ltd. (a Chinese corporation) Coffee Concepts (Shenzhen) Ltd. (a Chinese corporation) Rain City C.V. (a Dutch Limited Partnership) Emerald City C.V. (a Dutch Limited Partnership) Starbucks Coffee EMEA B.V. (a Dutch B.V.) Starbucks Manufacturing EMEA B.V. (a Dutch B.V.) Starbucks Coffee (Deutschland) GmbH (a German corporation) Starbucks Coffee (Ireland) Limited (an Irish corporation) High Grown Investment Group (Hong Kong) Limited (a Hong Kong corporation)
Beijing Mei Da Coffee Company Ltd (a Chinese corporation) Starbucks Coffee Trading Company Sarl (a Swiss Sarl) Starbucks Coffee Agronomy Company S.R.L. (a Costa Rica S.R.L.) SBI Nevada, Inc. (a Nevada corporation) SCI Investment, Inc. (a Washington corporation) Starbucks Coffee Puerto Rico, LLC (a Delaware corporation) Starbucks Coffee Sint Maarten Inc. N.V. (a Dutch Antilles corporation)
SCI Europe I, Inc. (a Washington corporation) SCI Europe II, Inc. (a Washington corporation) SCI Ventures, S.L. (a Spanish limited liability company) Starbucks Asia Pacific Investment Holding Limited (a Chinese corporation) Qingdao American Starbucks Coffee Company Limited (a Chinese corporation)
Starbucks Coffee (Dalian) Company Limited (a Chinese corporation) Starbucks Asia Pacific Investment II Holding Limited (a Hong Kong corporation)
Starbucks (China) Company Limited (a Chinese corporation) Starbucks (Shanghai) Supply Chain Co., Ltd. (a Chinese corporation) Starbucks Asia Pacific Investment III Holding Limited (a Chinese corporation)
Chengdu Starbucks Coffee Company Limited (a Chinese corporation) Xi'an Starbucks Coffee Company Limited (a Chinese corporation) Starbucks Card Europe, Limited (a UK corporation) Starbucks Coffee Asia Pacific Limited (a Hong Kong corporation) Starbucks Coffee Chile S.A. (a Chilean corporation) Starbucks Coffee Singapore Pte. Ltd. (a Singapore corporation)

Starbucks Servicios de Consultoria Empresarial Ltda. (a Brazil corporation)

Starbucks Coffee (Thailand) Ltd. (a Thailand corporation)


Starbucks Holding Company (a Washington Corporation)

Starbucks Manufacturing Corporation (a Washington corporation)

Starbucks New Venture Company (a Washington corporation)

Starbucks U.S. Brands, LLC (a Nevada limited liability company)

Urban Coffee Opportunities, LLC (a Washington limited liability company)


EXHIBIT 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 33-52526, 33-52528, 33-92208, 33-92184, 333-65181, 333-94987, 333-37442, 333-70648, 333-101806, 333-113150, 333-114090 and 333-123688 on Form S-8 of our reports, relating to the financial statements of Starbucks Corporation, (which report included an explanatory paragraph regarding the change in accounting for stock-based compensation upon adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), "Share-Based Payment" and the change in accounting for conditional asset retirement obligations upon adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 47, "Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations - an interpretation of FASB Statement 143", and management's report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting dated December 14, 2006, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Starbucks Corporation for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2006.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Seattle, Washington
December 14, 2006


EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, James L. Donald, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2006 of Starbucks Corporation (the "Registrant");

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and we have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

December 14, 2006                       /s/ James L. Donald
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        James L. Donald
                                        president and chief executive officer


EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Michael Casey, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2006 of Starbucks Corporation (the "Registrant");

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and we have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

December 14, 2006                     /s/ Michael Casey
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Michael Casey
                                      executive vice president, chief financial
                                      officer and chief administrative officer


EXHIBIT 32

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Starbucks Corporation ("Starbucks") on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2006, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 14, 2006 (the "Report"), James L. Donald, president and chief executive officer of Starbucks, and Michael Casey, executive vice president, chief financial officer and chief administrative officer of Starbucks, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to his knowledge:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Starbucks.

December 14, 2006                     /s/ James L. Donald
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      James L. Donald
                                      president and chief executive officer

December 14, 2006                     /s/ Michael Casey
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Michael Casey
                                      executive vice president, chief financial
                                      officer and chief administrative officer